WO2019062789A1

WO2019062789A1 - Method and device for determining time domain information

Info

Publication number: WO2019062789A1
Application number: PCT/CN2018/107799
Authority: WO
Inventors: 王婷; 王轶; 唐臻飞
Original assignee: 华为技术有限公司
Priority date: 2017-09-30
Filing date: 2018-09-27
Publication date: 2019-04-04

Abstract

Disclosed are a method and device for determining time domain information, used to solve the problem of large signaling overhead of control information. The method comprises: determining, according to a detection period of acontrol channel, time domain information in control information, the control information being used for data transmission; and determining, according to the time domain information, a time domain resource for performing the data transmission. Through the described method, the signaling overhead of the control information is reduced.

Description

一种时域信息的确定方法及装置Method and device for determining time domain information

本申请要求于2017年09月30日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201710922516.5、申请名称为“一种时域信息的确定方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，和于2018年01月09日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201810019319.7、申请名称为“一种时域信息的确定方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese Patent Application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office of China on September 30, 2017, with the application number of 201710922516.5, and the application name is “a method and device for determining time domain information”, and 0118 The priority of the Chinese Patent Application No. 201810019319.7, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.

技术领域Technical field

本申请涉及无线通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种时域信息的确定方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and an apparatus for determining time domain information.

背景技术Background technique

在无线通信***中，基站向终端发送控制信息，基于该控制信息，基站和终端通过数据信道进行数据传输。其中，该控制信息可以为下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)，基站通过物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)向终端发送下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)。终端按照配置的检测周期在控制信道资源集合(control resource set，CORESET)中检测PDCCH。具体的，PDCCH携带的信息的循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check，CRC)可以是使用相应的无线网络临时标识符(radio network temporary identifier，RNTI)加扰，若终端使用该PDCCH相应的RNTI对控制信道正确解码，终端认为其检测到了的控制信道，进一步获取控制信道携带的控制信息。In a wireless communication system, a base station transmits control information to a terminal, and based on the control information, the base station and the terminal perform data transmission through a data channel. The control information may be downlink control information (DCI), and the base station sends downlink control information (DCI) to the terminal through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). The terminal detects the PDCCH in a control resource set (CORESET) according to the configured detection period. Specifically, the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the information carried by the PDCCH may be scrambled by using a corresponding radio network temporary identifier (RNTI), if the terminal uses the corresponding RNTI pair of the PDCCH. The control channel is correctly decoded, and the terminal considers the detected control channel to further acquire the control information carried by the control channel.

在新无线(new radio，NR)***中，由于数据信道支持灵活的时域资源调度，即数据信道在时域的起始位置和结束位置是灵活可变的，因此数据信道的起始位置和结束位置可能需要指示，为了考虑各种数据传输的场景，统一设计控制信息中的时域信息，可能使控制信息的信令开销较大。In the new radio (NR) system, since the data channel supports flexible time domain resource scheduling, that is, the start and end positions of the data channel in the time domain are flexible, the starting position of the data channel and The end position may need to be instructed. In order to consider various scenarios of data transmission, unified design of time domain information in the control information may result in greater signaling overhead of the control information.

综上，如何减少控制信息的信令开销，是目前需要解决的问题。In summary, how to reduce the signaling overhead of control information is a problem that needs to be solved at present.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请提供一种时域信息的确定方法及装置，用以解决现有技术中存在控制信息的信令开销较大的问题。The present application provides a method and an apparatus for determining time domain information, which are used to solve the problem that the signaling overhead of the control information exists in the prior art.

第一方面，本申请提供了一种时域信息的确定方法，所述方法包括：根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输；根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时域资源。In a first aspect, the present application provides a method for determining time domain information, where the method includes: determining time domain information in control information according to a detection period of a control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission; The time domain information determines the time domain resources used for data transmission.

通过上述方法，终端根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输，所述终端根据所述时域信息确定数据传输的时域资源。通过上述方法，针对不同的场景和需求，独立的设计控制信息的时域信息，其相对统一设计控制信息的时域信息的方法减少了控制信息的信令开销。Through the above method, the terminal determines time domain information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel, the control information is used for data transmission, and the terminal determines the time domain resource of the data transmission according to the time domain information. Through the above method, the time domain information of the independent control design information for different scenarios and requirements, and the method for relatively uniformly designing the time domain information of the control information reduces the signaling overhead of the control information.

在一种可能的设计中，所述方法还包括：接收配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述控制信道的检测周期。In a possible design, the method further includes receiving configuration information, the configuration information being used to indicate a detection period of the control channel.

通过该方法，终端通过接收到的配置信息确定出所述控制信道的检测周期，不同的检测周期可以对应不同的时域信息。配置不同的控制信道的检测周期，可以使检测更加灵活，降低终端检测控制信道时的能量损耗，满足控制信道的不同的传输需求。Through the method, the terminal determines the detection period of the control channel by using the received configuration information, and different detection periods may correspond to different time domain information. Configuring the detection period of different control channels can make the detection more flexible, reduce the energy loss when the terminal detects the control channel, and meet the different transmission requirements of the control channel.

在一种可能的设计中，所述根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息包括：根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数、时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法中的至少一个。In a possible design, the determining the time domain information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel comprises: determining the number of bits of the time domain information, the information indicated by the time domain information, and the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel. At least one of the indication methods.

通过该方法，通过控制信道的检测周期可以准确得到时域信息包括的具体参数，方便执行后续处理过程。Through the method, the specific parameters included in the time domain information can be accurately obtained through the detection period of the control channel, and the subsequent processing is facilitated.

在一种可能的设计中，所述根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数包括：根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的比特数。所述时域信息的比特数还可以是时域和频域信息的比特数。In a possible design, the determining the number of bits of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel includes: according to the detection period of the control channel and the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain information, The number of bits of the time domain information is determined. The number of bits of the time domain information may also be the number of bits of the time domain and frequency domain information.

通过该方法，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，可以简化所述时域信息的比特数的设计。By this method, the design of the number of bits of the time domain information can be simplified by setting the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain information.

可选的，本发明中的设置可以是指预定义或者配置，具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the setting in the present invention may be predefined or configured, and is not limited herein.

在一种可能的设计中，所述根据所述控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息包括：根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息的对应关系，确定所述时域信息指示的信息。In a possible design, the determining, according to the detection period of the control channel, the information indicated by the time domain information comprises: according to the detection period of the control channel and the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information Relationship, determining information indicated by the time domain information.

在一种可能的设计中，所述时域信息用于指示起始和长度指示SLIV，所述根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息包括：根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系，根据所述时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系确定所述时域信息指示的SLIV。In a possible design, the time domain information is used to indicate a start and length indication SLIV, and the determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel comprises: determining the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel Corresponding relationship between the value and the SLIV, determining the SLIV indicated by the time domain information according to the value of the time domain information, and the value of the time domain information and the correspondence relationship of the SLIV.

在一种可能的设计中，所述时域信息用于指示起始和长度指示SLIV，所述根据所述控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息包括：根据控制信道的检测周期确定SLIV集合，根据时域信息确定SLIV，所述SLIV包括于所述SLIV集合中。根据时域信息确定SLIV时，根据所述时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和所述SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系确定SLIV。In a possible design, the time domain information is used to indicate a start and length indication SLIV, and the determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel comprises: determining the SLIV according to the detection period of the control channel. The set determines a SLIV based on time domain information, the SLIV being included in the set of SLIVs. When the SLIV is determined based on the time domain information, the SLIV is determined according to the value of the time domain information, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set.

通过该方法，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息的对应关系，可以针对控制信道的不同的检测周期灵活地确定所述时域信息指示的信息。By this method, by setting the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information, the information indicated by the time domain information can be flexibly determined for different detection periods of the control channel.

在一种可能的设计中，所述根据所述控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的指示方法包括：根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的指示方法。所述指示方法可以包括以下至少一项：指示起始第一时间单元和终止第一时间单元；指示起始第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数；指示终止第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数；指示起始第二时间单元；指示终止第二时间单元；和指示第二时间单元的个数。In a possible design, the method for determining the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel includes: corresponding to the detection period of the control channel and the indication period of the control channel and the indication method of the time domain information Relationship, determining a method of indicating the time domain information. The indication method may include at least one of: initiating a first time unit and terminating a first time unit; indicating a number of starting a first time unit and a first time unit; indicating termination of the first time unit and the first The number of time units; indicates a start second time unit; indicates termination of the second time unit; and indicates the number of second time units.

通过该方法，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，可以针对控制信道的不同的检测周期灵活地确定所述时域信息的指示方法。By this method, by setting the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the indication method of the time domain information, the indication method of the time domain information can be flexibly determined for different detection periods of the control channel.

在一种可能的设计中，所述根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息包括：根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的比特数和所述时域信息指示的信息。In a possible design, the determining the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel includes: detecting a period according to the control channel, and detecting period and time domain information of the control channel. The correspondence between the number of bits and the information indicated by the time domain information determines the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information.

通过该方法，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息的对应关系，可以针对控制信道的不同的检测周期灵活地确定所述时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息。By setting the corresponding relationship between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information, the number of bits of the time domain information can be flexibly determined for different detection periods of the control channel. Information indicated by time domain information.

在一种可能的设计中，所述根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法包括：根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的比特数和所述时域信息的指示方法。In a possible design, the method for determining the number of bits of the time domain information and the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel includes: detecting a period according to the control channel, and detecting period and time domain information of the control channel The correspondence between the number of bits and the indication method of the time domain information determines the number of bits of the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information.

通过该方法，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，可以针对控制信道的不同的检测周期灵活地确定所述时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法。By setting the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information, the number of bits of the time domain information can be flexibly determined for different detection periods of the control channel. The method of indicating time domain information.

在一种可能的设计中，所述根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法包括：根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定所述时域信息指示的信息和所述时域信息的指示方法。In a possible design, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information and the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel includes: detecting a period according to the control channel, and detecting period and time domain information of the control channel. And determining, by the correspondence between the indicated information and the indication method of the time domain information, the information indicated by the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information.

通过该方法，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，可以针对控制信道的不同的检测周期灵活地确定所述时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法。By setting the corresponding relationship between the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information, the information indicated by the time domain information can be flexibly determined for different detection periods of the control channel. The method of indicating time domain information.

在一种可能的设计中，该方法还包括：In one possible design, the method further includes:

根据所述检测周期确定所述时域信息的指示粒度，其中所述指示粒度可以是指第一时间单元和/或第二时间单元包括的第三时间单元的个数。Determining an indication granularity of the time domain information according to the detection period, where the indication granularity may refer to a number of third time units included in the first time unit and/or the second time unit.

通过该方法，可以减少控制信息的信令开销，并保证第一时间单元和/或第二时间单元的灵活性。By this method, the signaling overhead of the control information can be reduced and the flexibility of the first time unit and/or the second time unit can be guaranteed.

第二方面，本申请提供了一种时域信息的确定方法，所述方法包括：根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输，所述时域信息用于指示进行数据传输的时域资源；发送所述控制信息。In a second aspect, the present application provides a method for determining time domain information, where the method includes: determining time domain information in control information according to a detection period of a control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission, where The domain information is used to indicate a time domain resource for data transmission; the control information is sent.

通过上述方法，基站根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输，所述基站根据所述时域信息确定数据传输的时域资源。所述基站发送所述控制信息。通过上述方法，针对不同的场景和需求，独立的设计控制信息的时域信息，其相对统一设计控制信息的时域信息的方法减少了控制信息的信令开销。Through the foregoing method, the base station determines time domain information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission, and the base station determines the time domain resource of the data transmission according to the time domain information. The base station transmits the control information. Through the above method, the time domain information of the independent control design information for different scenarios and requirements, and the method for relatively uniformly designing the time domain information of the control information reduces the signaling overhead of the control information.

在一种可能的设计中，所述方法还包括：发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述控制信道的检测周期。In a possible design, the method further includes: transmitting configuration information, the configuration information being used to indicate a detection period of the control channel.

在一种可能的设计中，所述根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数包括：根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的比特数。In a possible design, the determining the number of bits of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel includes: according to the detection period of the control channel and the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain information, The number of bits of the time domain information is determined.

在一种可能的设计中，所述时域信息的比特数还可以是时域和频域信息的比特数。In one possible design, the number of bits of the time domain information may also be the number of bits of time domain and frequency domain information.

在一种可能的设计中，所述根据所述控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的指示方法包括：根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的指示方法。In a possible design, the method for determining the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel includes: corresponding to the detection period of the control channel and the indication period of the control channel and the indication method of the time domain information Relationship, determining a method of indicating the time domain information.

在一种可能的设计中，所述指示方法包括以下至少一项：指示起始第一时间单元和终止第一时间单元、指示起始第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数、指示终止第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数、指示起始第二时间单元、指示终止第二时间单元、和指示第二时间单元的个数。In one possible design, the indication method includes at least one of: initiating a first time unit and terminating a first time unit, indicating a number of starting first time units and a first time unit, indicating termination The number of the first time unit and the first time unit, the indication of the start of the second time unit, the indication of the termination of the second time unit, and the number of indications of the second time unit.

在一种可能的设计中，该方法还包括：根据所述检测周期确定所述时域信息的指示粒度，其中所述指示粒度可以是指第一时间单元和/或第二时间单元包括的第三时间单元的个数。In a possible design, the method further includes: determining an indication granularity of the time domain information according to the detection period, where the indication granularity may refer to a first time unit and/or a second time unit included The number of three time units.

第三方面，本申请提供一种装置，该装置具有实现上述第一方面和第一方面的各设计所述的方法。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a third aspect, the present application provides a device having the method described in the various aspects of implementing the first aspect and the first aspect described above. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.

该装置可以为终端或芯片，例如，该芯片可以为应用于终端中的芯片。The device may be a terminal or a chip, for example, the chip may be a chip applied to the terminal.

在一种可能的设计中，该装置包括处理器，所述处理器被配置为支持终端执行上述方法中相应的功能。进一步的，该装置还可以包括发射器/接收器，所述发射器/接收器用于支持该装置与其它装置之间的通信。进一步的，该装置还可以包括存储器，所述存储器与处理器耦合，用于保存程序指令和数据。In one possible design, the apparatus includes a processor configured to support a terminal to perform a corresponding function in the above method. Further, the apparatus can also include a transmitter/receiver for supporting communication between the apparatus and other apparatus. Further, the apparatus can also include a memory coupled to the processor for storing program instructions and data.

在一种可能的设计中，所述处理器用于，根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输；In a possible design, the processor is configured to determine time domain information in the control information according to a detection period of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission;

所述处理器还用于，根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时域资源。The processor is further configured to determine, according to the time domain information, a time domain resource for performing data transmission.

在一种可能的设计中，所述处理器还用于利用发射器/接收器接收配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述控制信道的检测周期。In a possible design, the processor is further configured to receive configuration information by using a transmitter/receiver, the configuration information being used to indicate a detection period of the control channel.

在一种可能的设计中，所述处理器用于根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，包括：所述处理器用于根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数、时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法中的至少一个。In a possible design, the processor is configured to determine time domain information in the control information according to a detection period of the control channel, where the processor is configured to determine a bit number and time of the time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel. At least one of the information indicated by the domain information and the indication method of the time domain information.

在一种可能的设计中，所述指示方法包括以下至少一项：指示起始第一时间单元和终止第一时间单元；指示起始第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数；指示终止第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数；指示起始第二时间单元；指示终止第二时间单元；和指示第二时间单元的个数中的至少一项等。In one possible design, the indication method includes at least one of: initiating a first time unit and terminating a first time unit; indicating a number of starting the first time unit and the first time unit; indicating termination a first time unit and a number of first time units; indicating a start second time unit; indicating termination of the second time unit; and indicating at least one of the number of second time units, and the like.

在一种可能的设计中，所述处理器还用于：根据所述检测周期确定所述时域信息的指示粒度，其中所述指示粒度可以是指所述第一时间单元和/或所述第二时间单元包括的第三时间单元的个数。In a possible design, the processor is further configured to: determine an indication granularity of the time domain information according to the detection period, where the indication granularity may refer to the first time unit and/or the The number of third time units included in the second time unit.

第四方面，本申请提供另一种装置，该装置具有实现上述第二方面和第一方面的各设计所述的方法。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides another apparatus having the method of implementing the various aspects of the second aspect and the first aspect described above. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.

该装置可以为基站或芯片，例如，该芯片可以为应用于基站中的芯片。The device may be a base station or a chip, for example, the chip may be a chip applied to a base station.

在一种可能的设计中，该装置包括处理器，所述处理器被配置为支持基站执行上述方法中相应的功能。进一步的，该装置还可以包括发射器/接收器，所述发射器/接收器用于支持基站与终端之间的通信。进一步的，该装置还可以包括存储器，所述存储器用于与处理器耦合，用于保存程序指令和数据。In one possible design, the apparatus includes a processor configured to support a base station to perform corresponding functions in the methods described above. Further, the apparatus may further include a transmitter/receiver for supporting communication between the base station and the terminal. Further, the apparatus can also include a memory for coupling with the processor for storing program instructions and data.

在一种可能的设计中，所述处理器用于，根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输，所述时域信息用于指示进行数据传输的时域资源；所述处理器还用于利用发射器/接收器，发送所述控制信息。In a possible design, the processor is configured to determine time domain information in the control information according to a detection period of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission, and the time domain information is used to indicate data transmission. Time domain resource; the processor is further configured to transmit the control information by using a transmitter/receiver.

在一种可能的设计中，所述处理器还用于利用发射器/接收器发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述控制信道的检测周期。In one possible design, the processor is further configured to transmit configuration information by using a transmitter/receiver, the configuration information being used to indicate a detection period of the control channel.

在一种可能的设计中，所述处理器用于根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数、时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法中的至少一个。In a possible design, the processor is configured to determine at least one of a bit number of time domain information, information indicated by time domain information, and a method of indicating time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel.

在一种可能的设计中，所述指示方法包括以下至少一项：指示起始第一时间单元和终止第一时间单元；指示起始第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数；指示终止第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数；指示起始第二时间单元；指示终止第二时间单元；和指示第二时间单元的个数。In one possible design, the indication method includes at least one of: initiating a first time unit and terminating a first time unit; indicating a number of starting the first time unit and the first time unit; indicating termination a first time unit and a number of first time units; indicating a start second time unit; indicating termination of the second time unit; and indicating the number of second time units.

第五方面，本申请提供一种通信***，该通信***包括上述第三方面所述的装置以及上述第四方面所述的装置。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a communication system comprising the apparatus of the above third aspect and the apparatus of the above fourth aspect.

第六方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任一种设计所述的方法的指令。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the first aspect or the first aspect.

第七方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任一种设计所述的方法的指令。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any one of the second aspect or the second aspect.

第八方面，本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第一方面和/或第一方面的任一种设计所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any of the first aspect and/or the first aspect.

第九方面，本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第二方面和/或第二方面的任一种设计所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any one of the second aspect and/or the second aspect.

第十方面，本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，还可以包括存储器，用于实现上述方法中终端的功能。该芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a tenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor, and may further include a memory for implementing the function of the terminal in the foregoing method. The chip system can be composed of chips or chips and other discrete devices.

第十一方面，本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，还可以包括存储器，用于实现上述方法中网络设备的功能。该芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eleventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor, and may further include a memory for implementing the functions of the network device in the foregoing method. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.

第十二方面，本申请提供了一种时域信息的确定方法，所述方法包括：根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输；根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时域资源。示例性地，所述控制信道所在的时域位置是控制信道资源集合所在的时域位置。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a method for determining time domain information, where the method includes: determining a time domain in the control information according to a time domain location where the control channel is located or according to a detected time domain location of the control channel Information, the control information is used for data transmission; and a time domain resource for performing data transmission is determined according to the time domain information. Exemplarily, the time domain location where the control channel is located is the time domain location where the control channel resource set is located.

在一种可能的设计中，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息包括：根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息。In a possible design, determining the time domain information in the control information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected time domain location of the control channel includes: according to the time domain location or according to the control channel The time domain location of the detected control channel determines the information indicated by the time domain information.

在一种可能的设计中，所述时域信息用于指示SLIV，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息包括：根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系，根据所述时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系确定所述时域信息指示的SLIV。In a possible design, the time domain information is used to indicate the SLIV, and the information indicating the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located includes: Determining the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected time domain location of the control channel, according to the value of the time domain information, and the value of the time domain information and the SLIV The corresponding relationship determines the SLIV indicated by the time domain information.

在一种可能的设计中，所述时域信息用于指示SLIV，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息包括：根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定SLIV集合，根据所述时域信息确定SLIV，所述SLIV包括于所述SLIV集合中。所述根据所述时域信息确定SLIV包括：根据所述时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和所述SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系确定SLIV。In a possible design, the time domain information is used to indicate the SLIV, and the information indicating the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located includes: Determining a SLIV set according to a time domain location where the control channel is located or according to a detected time domain location of the control channel, and determining a SLIV according to the time domain information, the SLIV being included in the SLIV set. The determining the SLIV according to the time domain information comprises: determining a SLIV according to a value of the time domain information, and a correspondence between a value of the time domain information and a SLIV in the SLIV set.

第十三方面，本申请提供了一种时域信息的确定方法，所述方法包括：根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输；所述时域信息用于指示进行数据传输的时域资源；发送所述控制信息。示例性地，所述控制信道所在的时域位置是控制信道资源集合所在的时域位置。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a method for determining time domain information, where the method includes: determining a time domain in the control information according to a time domain location where the control channel is located or according to a detected time domain location of the control channel Information, the control information is used for data transmission; the time domain information is used to indicate a time domain resource for performing data transmission; and the control information is sent. Exemplarily, the time domain location where the control channel is located is the time domain location where the control channel resource set is located.

根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息的方法同第十二方面中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。The method for determining the time domain information in the control information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is the same as that in the twelfth aspect, and details are not described herein again.

第十四方面，本申请提供一种装置，该装置能够实现上述第十二方面和/或第十二方面的任一种设计所述的方法。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fourteenth aspect, the present application provides a device capable of implementing the method of any of the above-described twelfth aspect and/or twelfth aspect. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.

在一种可能的设计中，该装置中包括处理器，所述处理器被配置为支持终端执行第十二方面和/或第十二方面的任一种设计所述的方法中相应的功能。进一步的，该装置还可以包括发射器/接收器，所述发射器/接收器用于支持该装置与其它装置之间的通信。进一步的，该装置还可以包括存储器，所述存储器与处理器耦合，用于保存程序指令和数据。In one possible design, the apparatus includes a processor configured to support a terminal to perform a corresponding function of the method of any one of the twelfth aspect and/or the twelfth aspect. Further, the apparatus can also include a transmitter/receiver for supporting communication between the apparatus and other apparatus. Further, the apparatus can also include a memory coupled to the processor for storing program instructions and data.

在一种可能的设计中，所述处理器用于根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输；所述处理器还用于根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时域资源。示例性地，所述控制信道所在的时域位置是控制信道资源集合所在的时域位置。In a possible design, the processor is configured to determine time domain information in the control information according to a time domain location where the control channel is located or according to a detected time domain location where the control channel is located, where the control information is used to perform data The processor is further configured to determine a time domain resource for performing data transmission according to the time domain information. Exemplarily, the time domain location where the control channel is located is the time domain location where the control channel resource set is located.

第十五方面，本申请提供一种装置，该装置能够实现第十三方面和/或第十三方面的任一种设计所述的方法。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fifteenth aspect, the present application provides a device capable of implementing the method of any of the thirteenth aspect and/or the thirteenth aspect. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.

在一种可能的设计中，该装置包括处理器，所述处理器被配置为支持基站执行第十三方面和/或第十三方面的任一种设计所述的方法中相应的功能。进一步的，该装置还可以包括发射器/接收器，所述发射器/接收器用于支持该装置与其它装置之间的通信。进一步的，该装置还可以包括存储器，所述存储器用于与处理器耦合，用于保存程序指令和数据。In one possible design, the apparatus includes a processor configured to support a base station to perform a corresponding function of the method described in any one of the thirteenth aspect and/or the thirteenth aspect. Further, the apparatus can also include a transmitter/receiver for supporting communication between the apparatus and other apparatus. Further, the apparatus can also include a memory for coupling with the processor for storing program instructions and data.

在一种可能的设计中，所述处理器用于根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输，所述时域信息用于指示进行数据传输的时域资源；所述处理器还用于利用发射器/接收器，发送所述控制信息。示例性地，所述控制信道所在的时域位置是控制信道资源集合所在的时域位置。In a possible design, the processor is configured to determine time domain information in the control information according to a time domain location where the control channel is located or according to a detected time domain location where the control channel is located, where the control information is used to perform data Transmission, the time domain information is used to indicate a time domain resource for data transmission; the processor is further configured to send the control information by using a transmitter/receiver. Exemplarily, the time domain location where the control channel is located is the time domain location where the control channel resource set is located.

所述处理器根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息时，采用的方法同第十四方面中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。When the processor determines the time domain information in the control information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected time domain location of the control channel, the method adopted is the same as the corresponding description in the fourteenth aspect, and is no longer Narration.

第十六方面，本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第十二方面和/或第十二方面的任一种设计所述的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any one of the twelfth aspect and/or the twelfth aspect.

第十七方面，本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第十三方面和/或第十三方面的任一种设计所述的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any one of the thirteenth aspect and/or the thirteenth aspect.

第十八方面，本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，还可以包括存储器，用于实现第十二方面和/或第十二方面的任一种设计所述的方法。该芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eighteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor, and further includes a memory for implementing the design of any one of the twelfth aspect and/or the twelfth aspect. method. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.

第十九方面，本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，还可以包括存储器，用于实现第十三方面和/或第十三方面的任一种设计所述的方法。该芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a nineteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor, and further includes a memory for implementing the design of any of the thirteenth aspect and/or the thirteenth aspect. method. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.

附图说明DRAWINGS

图1为本申请实施例提供的一种频率资源的位置示意图；FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a location of a frequency resource according to an embodiment of the present application;

图2为本申请实施例提供的一种可用于进行数据传输的资源的带宽的结构示意图；FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of bandwidth of a resource that can be used for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

图3为本申请实施例提供的一种***频率资源中的带宽资源的结构示意图；FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of bandwidth resources in a system frequency resource according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

图4为本申请实施例提供的一种下行数据信道示意图；4 is a schematic diagram of a downlink data channel according to an embodiment of the present application;

图5为本申请实施例提供的一种单小区传输场景示意图；FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a single cell transmission scenario according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

图6为本申请实施例提供的一种多点协作传输/接收传输场景示意图；FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a multi-point coordinated transmission/reception transmission scenario according to an embodiment of the present application;

图7为本申请实施例提供的一种时域信息的确定方法流程图；FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a method for determining time domain information according to an embodiment of the present application;

图8为本申请实施例提供的一种时隙结构示意图；FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a time slot according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种时隙结构示意图；FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another time slot according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

图10为本申请实施例提供的再一种时隙结构示意图；FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of still another time slot according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种时域信息的确定方法流程图；FIG. 11 is a flowchart of another method for determining time domain information according to an embodiment of the present application;

图12为本申请实施例提供的一种装置的示意性框图；FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application;

图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种装置示意性框图。FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of another apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步地详细描述。The present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

本申请提供一种时域信息的确定方法及装置，用以解决统一设计控制信息的时域信息时，控制信息的信令开销较大的问题。其中，方法和装置是基于同一发明构思的，由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似，因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见，重复之处不再赘述。The present application provides a method and an apparatus for determining time domain information, which are used to solve the problem of large signaling overhead of control information when uniformly designing time domain information of control information. The method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated.

本申请可以应用于无线通信***，包括终端和基站，基站向终端发送数据为下行传输，终端向基站发送数据为上行传输，所示基站可以为长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)***或第五代移动通信技术(the fifth generation mobile communication technology，5G)***或未来可能出现的演进***中的基站，终端可以为LTE或5G***或未来可能出现的演进***中的终端，本申请对其不做限定。The present application can be applied to a wireless communication system, including a terminal and a base station. The base station sends data to the terminal for downlink transmission, and the terminal sends data to the base station for uplink transmission. The illustrated base station can be a long term evolution (LTE) system or a fifth. The fifth generation mobile communication technology (5G) system or a base station in an evolved system that may appear in the future, the terminal may be an LTE or 5G system or a terminal in an evolved system that may appear in the future, and the present application does not limited.

本申请也可以应用于基站与基站通信或者终端与终端通信等，本申请对其不做限定。The present application can also be applied to communication between a base station and a base station, or communication between a terminal and a terminal, and the like.

本申请实施例中，名词“网络”和“***”经常交替使用，但本领域技术人员可以理解其含义。本申请实施例所涉及到的终端还可以称为终端设备，其可以包括各种具有无限通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或其他处理设备，以及各种形式的用户设备(user equipment，UE)，移动台(mobile station，MS)，终端装置(terminal device)等等。为方便描述，上面提到的设备统称为终端。本申请实施例所涉及到的基站是一种部署在无线接入网中用以为终端提供无线通信功能的装置。例如，所述基站可以包括各种形式的宏基站，微基站，中继站，接入点，收发节点(transmission and receiver point，TRP)等等。收发节点可以是指不同的基站，也可以是指同一基站的不同天线面板等，具体的在此不做限定。在采用不同的无线接入技术的***中，具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同。为方便描述，本申请实施例中，上述为终端提供无线通信功能的装置统称为基站。需要说明的是，当本申请实施例的方案应用于5G***或未来可能出现的其他***时，基站、终端的名称可能发生变化，但这并不影响本申请实施例方案的实施。In the embodiments of the present application, the terms "network" and "system" are often used interchangeably, but those skilled in the art can understand the meaning thereof. The terminal involved in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a terminal device, which may include various handheld devices, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices having unlimited communication functions, and various forms of user devices. (user equipment, UE), mobile station (MS), terminal device, and the like. For convenience of description, the devices mentioned above are collectively referred to as terminals. The base station involved in the embodiment of the present application is a device deployed in a radio access network to provide a wireless communication function for a terminal. For example, the base station may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, access points, transmission and receiver points (TRPs), and the like. The transceiver node may be a different base station, or may be a different antenna panel of the same base station, and is not limited herein. In systems with different wireless access technologies, the names of devices with base station functionality may vary. For convenience of description, in the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing apparatus for providing a wireless communication function for a terminal is collectively referred to as a base station. It should be noted that the name of the base station and the terminal may change when the solution of the embodiment of the present application is applied to the 5G system or other systems that may occur in the future, but this does not affect the implementation of the solution in the embodiment of the present application.

在无线通信***中，基站和终端可以利用空口资源进行无线通信。例如在5G***中，空口资源包括频率资源，频率资源可以位于设置的频率范围。频率范围还可以称为频带(band)或频段。在频域，频率资源的中心点可以称为中心频点，频域资源的宽度可以称为带宽(bandwidth，BW)。示例性地，图1所示为频率资源的位置示意图。如图1中所示，频率资源可以为频带内的部分或全部资源，频率资源的带宽为W，中心频点的频率为F。其中，频率资源的边界点的频率分别为F-W/2和F+W/2，还可以描述为，频率资源中最高频点的频率为F+W/2，频率资源中最低频点的频率为F-W/2。在无线通信***中，用于进行下行通信的频率资源和用于进行上行通信的频率资源可以相同，也可以不相同，本申请不做限制。In a wireless communication system, a base station and a terminal can utilize air interface resources for wireless communication. For example, in a 5G system, the air interface resource includes a frequency resource, and the frequency resource may be located in a set frequency range. The frequency range can also be referred to as a band or a frequency band. In the frequency domain, the center point of the frequency resource may be referred to as a center frequency point, and the width of the frequency domain resource may be referred to as a bandwidth (BW). Illustratively, Figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of the location of a frequency resource. As shown in FIG. 1, the frequency resource may be part or all of the resources in the frequency band, the bandwidth of the frequency resource is W, and the frequency of the center frequency point is F. The frequency of the boundary point of the frequency resource is FW/2 and F+W/2, respectively, and can also be described as the frequency of the highest frequency point in the frequency resource is F+W/2, and the frequency of the lowest frequency point in the frequency resource. For FW/2. In the wireless communication system, the frequency resource for performing downlink communication and the frequency resource for performing uplink communication may be the same or different, and the present application is not limited thereto.

基站和终端利用频率资源进行无线通信时，基站管理***频率资源，从***频率资源中为终端分配频率资源，使得基站和终端可以利用该分配的频率资源进行通信。其中，***频率资源可以为基站可以管理和分配的频率资源，还可以为可以用于进行基站和终端间的通信的频率资源。在本申请实施例中，***频率资源还可以称为***资源或传输资源。在频域，***频率资源的宽度可以称为***频率资源的带宽，还可以称为***带宽或传输带宽。When the base station and the terminal use the frequency resource for wireless communication, the base station manages the system frequency resource, and allocates the frequency resource to the terminal from the system frequency resource, so that the base station and the terminal can use the allocated frequency resource for communication. The system frequency resource may be a frequency resource that the base station can manage and allocate, and may also be a frequency resource that can be used for performing communication between the base station and the terminal. In the embodiment of the present application, the system frequency resource may also be referred to as a system resource or a transmission resource. In the frequency domain, the width of the system frequency resource may be referred to as the bandwidth of the system frequency resource, and may also be referred to as the system bandwidth or the transmission bandwidth.

在无线通信***中，在基于正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)的通信***中，在频域，可用于进行数据传输的资源包括若干个资源格，一个资源格对应于一个子载波，一个物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)中有X1个资源格，X1为大于等于1的整数。示例性地，X1为12。可用于进行数据传输的资源可以为***资源中的部分或全部资源，本申请不做限制。可用于进行数据传输的资源的带宽可以被称为X2个PRB，X2为大于等于1的整数。对于可用于进行数据传输的资源中的PRB，可以基于频率增长的方向从0至X2-1为各PRB依次进行编号，得到各PRB的编号值。在本申请实施例中，术语“编号值”也可以称作“标识”或“索引”。在时域，一个PRB可以包括X3个符号，X3为大于等于1的整数。示例性地，X3为1或7或14。以一个PRB频域包括12个资源格时域包括7个符号为例，如图2所示为可用于进行数据传输的资源的带宽的结构示意图，如图中所示，可用于进行数据传输的资源的带宽包括PRB 0至PRB X2-1共X2个PRB。In a wireless communication system, in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM)-based communication system, in a frequency domain, a resource that can be used for data transmission includes a plurality of resource cells, and one resource cell corresponds to one resource cell. A subcarrier, a physical resource block (PRB) has X1 resource cells, and X1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1. Illustratively, X1 is 12. The resources that can be used for data transmission may be some or all of the resources in the system resources, and the application does not limit the application. The bandwidth of resources available for data transmission may be referred to as X2 PRBs, and X2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1. For the PRBs in the resources that can be used for data transmission, the PRBs may be sequentially numbered from 0 to X2-1 based on the direction of frequency increase, and the number values of the respective PRBs are obtained. In the embodiment of the present application, the term "number value" may also be referred to as "identification" or "index". In the time domain, one PRB may include X3 symbols, and X3 is an integer greater than or equal to 1. Illustratively, X3 is 1 or 7 or 14. Taking a PRB frequency domain including 12 resource cells, the time domain includes 7 symbols as an example, as shown in FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of bandwidth of resources available for data transmission, as shown in the figure, which can be used for data transmission. The bandwidth of the resource includes a total of X2 PRBs from PRB 0 to PRB X2-1.

在5G***中，基站为终端分配频率资源的一种可能的设计为：基站从***频率资源中为终端配置带宽资源，基站在该配置的带宽资源中对终端进行调度。还可以描述为，基站从***频率资源中为终端配置带宽资源，从而可以使基站将该配置的带宽资源中的部分或全部资源分配给终端，用于进行基站和终端间的通信。其中，带宽资源包括于***频率资源中，可以是***频率资源中连续的或者不连续的部分资源，也可以是***频率资源中的全部资源。带宽资源还可以称为带宽部分(bandwidth part，BP)、频率资源部分、部分频率资源、载波带宽部分或者其它名称，本申请不做限制。当带宽资源为***频率资源中的一段连续资源时，带宽资源还可以称为子带、窄带或者其它名称，本申请不做限制。示例性地，如图3所示为***频率资源中的带宽资源的结构示意图，***频率资源中包括带宽资源0，即子带0、带宽资源1，即子带1和带宽资源2，即子带2共3个不同的带宽资源。实际应用中，***频率资源可以包括任意整数个带宽资源，本申请不做限制。对于不同的带宽资源，以带宽资源A和带宽资源B为例，带宽资源A和带宽资源B不同包括：带宽资源A包括的部分频率资源或全部频率资源不包括在带宽资源B中，或者带宽资源B包括的部分频率资源或全部频率资源不包括在带宽资源A。示例性地，在基于OFDM的通信***中，带宽资源A和带宽资源B不同可能为：带宽资源A包括的至少一个子载波不包括在带宽资源B中，或者带宽资源B包括的至少一个子载波不包括在带宽资源A中。In a 5G system, the base station allocates a frequency resource to the terminal. The base station configures the bandwidth resource for the terminal from the system frequency resource, and the base station schedules the terminal in the configured bandwidth resource. It can also be described that the base station configures the bandwidth resource for the terminal from the system frequency resource, so that the base station can allocate some or all of the configured bandwidth resources to the terminal, and perform communication between the base station and the terminal. The bandwidth resource is included in the system frequency resource, and may be a continuous or discontinuous part of the system frequency resource, or may be all resources in the system frequency resource. The bandwidth resource may also be referred to as a bandwidth part (BP), a frequency resource part, a partial frequency resource, a carrier bandwidth part or other names, which is not limited in this application. When the bandwidth resource is a contiguous resource in the system frequency resource, the bandwidth resource may also be referred to as a subband, a narrowband, or other name, which is not limited in this application. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a bandwidth resource in a system frequency resource, where the system frequency resource includes a bandwidth resource 0, that is, a subband 0, a bandwidth resource 1, that is, a subband 1 and a bandwidth resource 2, that is, a subroutine With 2 a total of 3 different bandwidth resources. In an actual application, the system frequency resource may include any integer number of bandwidth resources, which is not limited in this application. For the different bandwidth resources, the bandwidth resource A and the bandwidth resource B are different. The bandwidth resource A and the bandwidth resource B are different. The part of the frequency resource or all the frequency resources included in the bandwidth resource A are not included in the bandwidth resource B, or the bandwidth resource. Part of the frequency resource or all frequency resources included in B is not included in the bandwidth resource A. Illustratively, in an OFDM-based communication system, the bandwidth resource A and the bandwidth resource B may be different: at least one subcarrier included in the bandwidth resource A is not included in the bandwidth resource B, or at least one subcarrier included in the bandwidth resource B Not included in bandwidth resource A.

示例性的，带宽资源A和带宽资源B不同也可以是指频域资源完全相同，但是帧结构参数不同，比如可以是子载波间隔和/或CP长度不同。其他的不同的特征，具体的在此不做限定。Exemplarily, the difference between the bandwidth resource A and the bandwidth resource B may also mean that the frequency domain resources are identical, but the frame structure parameters are different, for example, the subcarrier spacing and/or the CP length may be different. Other different features are not limited herein.

在5G***中，用于进行数据信道的传输的资源可以包括时域资源和频域资源。其中，时域资源和频域资源还可以称为时频资源、调度资源或者其它名称，本申请不做限制。频域资源可以是带宽部分，带宽部分还可以描述为整个带宽的部分频域资源。时域资源可以是符号。其中，符号还可以称为时域符号，本申请不做限制。分配的用于数据信道传输的时域符号可以是动态变化的，即可以在子帧中的任意符号进行数据传输。示例性地，数据信道的时域的起始位置可以是时隙或子帧中的第1个符号也可以不是第1个符号，结束符号位置可以是时隙或子帧中的最后一符号，也可以不是时隙或子帧中的最后一个符号，如图4所示。在5G***中，数据信道的时频资源位置有多种可能性，可以通过控制信息指示数据信道的时频资源位置。为了指示数据信道可以在任意符号上传输，需要在控制信息中用多个比特(bit)信息指示各种数据的传输情况，因此导致信令开销较大。以数据信道为下行数据信道为例，如果下行数据信道支持灵活的时域资源传输，即下行数据信道在时域的起始位置和结束位置是灵活可变时，在一种可能的实现中，控制信息中包括下行数据信道的时域信息，该时域信息用于指示数据信道的时域的起始位置和终止位置。其中，下行数据信道还可以称为物理下行链路共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)或者其它名称。如果是考虑各种数据传输的场景，例如以时隙为调度单位(slot-based)的数据传输，以微时隙为调度单位(mini-slot based)的数据传输，以时隙聚合为调度单位(slot aggregation或者multi-slot based)的数据传输，如果统一设计控制信息，会导致控制信息信令开销比较大，因为需要考虑各种场景下数据信道传输的各种可能性。其中，时隙聚合表示在一个或者多个时隙(slot)的时域资源上进行数据信道传输，其中时隙(slot)是一种时域上数据调度的衡量单位。时域上数据调度的衡量单位可以称为时间单元或时间调度单位。时间调度单位或者时间单元可以是无线帧，子帧，slot，mini-slot 等。时间调度单位或时间单元也可以是一个或者多个符号等等，其中符号是一种时域上的基本单元。In a 5G system, resources for performing transmission of a data channel may include time domain resources and frequency domain resources. The time domain resource and the frequency domain resource may also be referred to as time-frequency resources, scheduling resources, or other names, which are not limited in this application. The frequency domain resource can be a bandwidth part, and the bandwidth part can also be described as part of the frequency domain resource of the entire bandwidth. Time domain resources can be symbols. The symbol may also be referred to as a time domain symbol, which is not limited in this application. The allocated time domain symbols for data channel transmission may be dynamically changed, ie data may be transmitted at any symbol in the subframe. Exemplarily, the starting position of the time domain of the data channel may be the first symbol in the time slot or the subframe or may not be the first symbol, and the ending symbol position may be the last symbol in the time slot or the subframe. It may not be the last symbol in a time slot or a sub-frame, as shown in FIG. In a 5G system, there are multiple possibilities for the time-frequency resource location of the data channel, and the time-frequency resource location of the data channel can be indicated by the control information. In order to indicate that the data channel can be transmitted on any symbol, it is necessary to indicate the transmission condition of various data by using a plurality of bit information in the control information, thereby causing a large signaling overhead. Taking the data channel as the downlink data channel as an example, if the downlink data channel supports flexible time domain resource transmission, that is, the downlink data channel is flexible and variable in the start and end positions of the time domain, in a possible implementation, The control information includes time domain information of the downlink data channel, and the time domain information is used to indicate a start position and a termination position of the time domain of the data channel. The downlink data channel may also be referred to as a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) or other name. If it is a scenario in which various data transmissions are considered, for example, slot-based data transmission, mini-slot based data transmission, and slot aggregation as a scheduling unit. (Slot aggregation or multi-slot based) data transmission, if the control information is uniformly designed, the control information signaling overhead is relatively large, because various possibilities of data channel transmission in various scenarios need to be considered. The time slot aggregation indicates that data channel transmission is performed on time domain resources of one or more slots, wherein the slot is a unit of measurement of data scheduling in the time domain. The unit of measure for data scheduling on the time domain can be called a time unit or a time schedule unit. The time scheduling unit or time unit may be a radio frame, a subframe, a slot, a mini-slot, or the like. The time scheduling unit or time unit can also be one or more symbols, etc., where the symbol is a basic unit in the time domain.

在本申请实施例中，数据传输也可以称为数据信道传输或者其它名称，本申请不做限制。In the embodiment of the present application, the data transmission may also be referred to as a data channel transmission or other name, which is not limited in this application.

本申请实施例可以适用于如图5所示的单小区传输场景、如图6所示的多点协作传输/接收(coordinated multiple points transmission/reception，CoMP)传输场景或者其它场景。其中，单小区表示基站与终端只在一个小区进行数据传输，CoMP表示有基站和终端在多个小区协作进行数据传输。其中，该多个小区可以对应于至少一个基站。CoMP对于传输点无限制，可以是宏基站与宏基站、微基站与微基站和宏基站与微基站间的多点协同传输，其它场景可以包括：同构网络与异构网络的场景、频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)/时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)***、低频场景(sub 6G)以及高频场景(6G以上)等。The embodiment of the present application can be applied to a single cell transmission scenario as shown in FIG. 5, a coordinated multiple points transmission/reception (CoMP) transmission scenario or other scenarios as shown in FIG. 6. The single cell indicates that the base station and the terminal perform data transmission in only one cell, and the CoMP indicates that the base station and the terminal cooperate to perform data transmission in multiple cells. The plurality of cells may correspond to at least one base station. The CoMP has no limitation on the transmission point, and may be a coordinated multi-point transmission between the macro base station and the macro base station, the micro base station and the micro base station, and the macro base station and the micro base station. Other scenarios may include: scenarios and frequency divisions of the homogeneous network and the heterogeneous network. Frequency division duplex (FDD)/time division duplex (TDD) system, low frequency scene (sub 6G), and high frequency scene (6G or higher).

本申请中所涉及的多个，是指两个或两个以上。The plurality referred to in the present application means two or more.

另外，需要理解的是，在本申请的描述中，“第一”、“第二”等词汇，仅用于区分描述的目的，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性，也不能理解为指示或暗示顺序。In addition, it should be understood that in the description of the present application, the terms "first", "second" and the like are used only to distinguish the purpose of description, and are not to be understood as indicating or implying relative importance, nor as an indication. Or suggest the order.

本申请实施例中，终端根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输，所述终端根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时域资源。其中，所述时域信息是用于指示与数据传输的时域资源、频域资源或时域和频域资源相关的指示信息，所述数据传输包括数据发送和/或数据接收。所述数据传输可以是指上行数据传输也可以是指下行数据传输，具体的，在此不做限定。通过上述方法，减少控制信息的信令开销，解决现有技术中存在的统一设计控制信息的时域信息，使控制信息的信令开销较大的问题。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal determines time domain information in the control information according to a detection period of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission, and the terminal determines a time domain for performing data transmission according to the time domain information. Resources. The time domain information is used to indicate indication information related to a time domain resource, a frequency domain resource, or a time domain and a frequency domain resource of the data transmission, where the data transmission includes data transmission and/or data reception. The data transmission may be referred to as an uplink data transmission or a downlink data transmission, and is not limited herein. Through the foregoing method, the signaling overhead of the control information is reduced, and the time domain information of the unified design control information existing in the prior art is solved, and the signaling overhead of the control information is large.

下面结合附图对本申请提供的时域信息指示的方案进行具体说明。The scheme of time domain information indication provided by the present application is specifically described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

在本申请实施例中，执行终端侧方法的装置可以是终端，也可以是终端中的装置。其中，终端中的装置可以是电路、芯片或者模块，本申请不做限制。在本申请实施例提供的方法中，以终端为例进行描述。In the embodiment of the present application, the device that performs the terminal side method may be a terminal, or may be a device in the terminal. The device in the terminal may be a circuit, a chip or a module, which is not limited in this application. In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal is taken as an example for description.

在本申请实施例中，执行基站侧方法的装置可以是基站，也可以是基站中的装置。其中，基站中的装置可以是电路、芯片或者模块，本申请不做限制。在本申请实施例提供的方法中，以基站为例进行描述。In the embodiment of the present application, the apparatus for performing the method of the base station side may be a base station, or may be a device in the base station. The device in the base station may be a circuit, a chip or a module, which is not limited in this application. In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, a base station is taken as an example for description.

参见图7，为本申请提供的时域信息的确定方法流程图。该方法包括：Referring to FIG. 7, a flowchart of a method for determining time domain information provided by the present application is provided. The method includes:

S701、根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输。S701. Determine time domain information in the control information according to a detection period of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission.

具体的，终端根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输。Specifically, the terminal determines time domain information in the control information according to a detection period of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission.

具体的，终端根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数、时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法中的至少一个。Specifically, the terminal determines at least one of the number of bits of the time domain information, the information indicated by the time domain information, and the indication method of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel.

控制信息可以是指物理层的控制信息，比如下行控制信息DCI等，也可以是指高层信令中的控制信息，高层信令可以是指RRC信令或者MAC信息等。The control information may refer to the control information of the physical layer, such as the downlink control information DCI, or the control information in the high layer signaling, and the high layer signaling may refer to the RRC signaling or the MAC information.

控制信息可以用于进行数据传输。可选的，可以根据控制信息确定用于进行数据传输的调度信息。Control information can be used for data transmission. Optionally, scheduling information for performing data transmission may be determined according to the control information.

控制信息可以是终端接收到的基站发送的信息。The control information may be information sent by the base station received by the terminal.

S702、根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时域资源。S702. Determine a time domain resource for performing data transmission according to the time domain information.

具体的，终端根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时域资源。Specifically, the terminal determines a time domain resource for performing data transmission according to the time domain information.

本申请实施例中，终端根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输，所述终端根据所述时域信息确定数据传输的时域资源。通过上述方法，针对不同的场景和需求，独立的设计的控制信息的时域信息，其相对统一设计控制信息的时域信息的方法减少了控制信息的信令开销。其中，统一设计控制信息的时域信息的方法可以是通过控制信息中时域信息指示多个场景的控制信息的时域信息，因此会导致控制信息的信令需要的比特数较大。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal determines the time domain information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission, and the terminal determines the time domain resource of the data transmission according to the time domain information. Through the above method, the time domain information of the independently designed control information for different scenarios and requirements, and the method for relatively uniformly designing the time domain information of the control information reduces the signaling overhead of the control information. The method for uniformly designing the time domain information of the control information may be to indicate the time domain information of the control information of the multiple scenarios by using the time domain information in the control information, and thus the number of bits required for the signaling of the control information is large.

在一种可能是实现方式中，所述方法还包括：接收配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述控制信道的检测周期。具体地，终端接收基站发送的配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述控制信道的检测周期。所述配置信息可以是通过高层信令指示，比如RRC信令和/或MAC信令等。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate a detection period of the control channel. Specifically, the terminal receives configuration information sent by the base station, where the configuration information is used to indicate a detection period of the control channel. The configuration information may be indicated by high layer signaling, such as RRC signaling and/or MAC signaling.

具体的，所述控制信道的检测周期可以为2符号，7符号，14符号，一个slot，或者多个slot，slot聚合级别等，本申请对其不做限定。其中，slot聚合级别是指slot聚合的slot个数，比如聚合级别为4代表4个slot进行聚合，即数据传输占8个slot上的时域资源；聚合级别为8代表8个slot进行聚合，即数据传输占8个slot上的时域资源。Specifically, the detection period of the control channel may be 2 symbols, 7 symbols, 14 symbols, a slot, or multiple slots, a slot aggregation level, etc., which is not limited in this application. The slot aggregation level refers to the number of slots in the slot aggregation. For example, the aggregation level is 4 for 4 slots for aggregation, that is, the data transmission accounts for the time domain resources on 8 slots; the aggregation level is 8 for 8 slots for aggregation. That is, data transmission accounts for time domain resources on 8 slots.

控制信道的检测周期，可以是控制信道搜索空间的检测周期，也可以是控制信道候选的检测周期，也可以是指控制信道元素的检测周期，还可以是指控制信道资源集合(CORESET,control resource set)的检测周期，或者其他与控制信道检测相关的信息。其中，控制信道用于携带控制信息，控制信息包括数据信道的调度信息，基于该调度信息，基站和终端可以在数据信道进行数据传输。控制信道可以是物理下行控制信道(PDCCH，physical downlink control channel)，或者其他控制信道，本申请不做限制。检测周期也可以称为接收周期，盲检周期，盲检时间间隔，或者其他用来表征检测时间的信息，本申请不作限定。The detection period of the control channel may be the detection period of the control channel search space, the detection period of the control channel candidate, the detection period of the control channel element, or the control channel resource set (CORESET, control resource) The detection period of set), or other information related to control channel detection. The control channel is configured to carry control information, and the control information includes scheduling information of the data channel. Based on the scheduling information, the base station and the terminal may perform data transmission on the data channel. The control channel may be a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or other control channel, which is not limited in this application. The detection period may also be referred to as a reception period, a blind detection period, a blind detection interval, or other information used to characterize the detection time, which is not limited in this application.

可选的，上述其他与控制信道检测相关的信息可以是控制信道所在的时域位置。此时，根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息还可以被描述为：根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息。可选的，控制信道所在的时域位置也可以被描述为控制信道的时域位置，控制信道所在的时域位置也可以被描述为在该时域位置上传输控制信道。其中，控制信道所在的时域位置可以是控制信道所在的时间单元。本申请实施例中，时间单元可以是符号、时隙、微时隙、子帧、无线帧或者其他时间单元，一个时间单元中可以包括正整数个符号，其中，符号可以是OFDM符号。示例性地，控制信道所在的时域位置可以是控制信道资源集合所在的时域位置。控制信道所在的时域位置可以是控制信道资源集合所在的符号位置。控制信道资源集合所在的符号位置可以是控制信道资源集合所在的第一个符号的符号标识，也可以是控制信道资源集合所在的最后一个符号的符号标识等，或者是控制信道资源集合所在的其他符号的符号标识等，本申请不做限定。Optionally, the foregoing other information related to control channel detection may be a time domain location where the control channel is located. At this time, determining the time domain information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel may also be described as: determining the time domain information in the control information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located. Optionally, the time domain location where the control channel is located may also be described as the time domain location of the control channel, and the time domain location where the control channel is located may also be described as transmitting the control channel at the time domain location. The time domain location where the control channel is located may be the time unit in which the control channel is located. In this embodiment, the time unit may be a symbol, a time slot, a minislot, a subframe, a radio frame, or other time unit, and a time unit may include a positive integer number of symbols, where the symbol may be an OFDM symbol. Exemplarily, the time domain location in which the control channel is located may be the time domain location in which the control channel resource set is located. The time domain location where the control channel is located may be the symbol location where the control channel resource set is located. The symbol position where the control channel resource set is located may be a symbol identifier of the first symbol where the control channel resource set is located, a symbol identifier of the last symbol where the control channel resource set is located, or the like, or other control channel resource set The symbolic designation of the symbol, etc., is not limited in this application.

可选的，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：确定控制信道所在的时域位置。可以通过预配置的方式确定控制信道所在的时域位置，也可以通过信令通知的方式确定控制信道所在的时域位置。通过信令通知的方式确定控制信道所在的时域位置时，基站可以向终端发送控制信道的时域位置信息，该控制信道的时域位置信息用于指示控制信道所在的时域位置，终端接收基站发送的控制信道的时域位置信息，根据该控制信道的时域位置信息确定控制信道所在的时域位置。控制信道的时域位置信息还可以称为别的名称，本申请不做限制。基站可以通过高层信令或者物理层信令向终端发送控制信道的时域位置信息。在本申请实施例中，基站发送至UE的信令可以是高层信令或物理层信令。其中，高层信令可以是RRC信令、MAC信息、广播消息、***消息或者其它消息，物理层信令可以是DCI或者其它物理层信令，本申请不做限制。进一步地，基站可以通过高层信令或者物理层信令中的控制信道资源集合配置信息向终端发送控制信道资源集合的符号位置信息。Optionally, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: determining a time domain location where the control channel is located. The time domain location where the control channel is located may be determined in a pre-configured manner, and the time domain location where the control channel is located may also be determined by signaling. When determining the time domain location of the control channel by means of signaling, the base station may send time domain location information of the control channel to the terminal, where the time domain location information of the control channel is used to indicate the time domain location where the control channel is located, and the terminal receives The time domain location information of the control channel sent by the base station determines the time domain location where the control channel is located according to the time domain location information of the control channel. The time domain location information of the control channel may also be referred to as another name, which is not limited in this application. The base station can send time domain location information of the control channel to the terminal through high layer signaling or physical layer signaling. In the embodiment of the present application, the signaling sent by the base station to the UE may be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling. The high layer signaling may be RRC signaling, MAC information, broadcast messages, system messages, or other messages. The physical layer signaling may be DCI or other physical layer signaling, which is not limited in this application. Further, the base station may send the symbol location information of the control channel resource set to the terminal by using the control channel resource set configuration information in the high layer signaling or the physical layer signaling.

可选的，上述其他与控制信道检测相关的信息还可以是检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置。此时，根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息还可以描述为：根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息。可选地，检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置还可以描述为：检测到的控制信道所映射到的时域位置。其中，检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置可以是检测到的控制信道所在的时间单元。示例性地，检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置可以是检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置。示例性地，检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置可以是检测到的控制信道所在的第一个符号的符号标识，也可以是检测到的控制信道所在的最后一个符号的符号标识等，或者是检测到的控制信道所在的其他符号的符号标识等，本申请不做限定。终端检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置即基站所发送的控制信道所在的时域位置。Optionally, the foregoing other information related to control channel detection may also be a time domain location where the detected control channel is located. At this time, determining time domain information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel may also be described as: determining time domain information in the control information according to the detected time domain location of the control channel. Optionally, the time domain location where the detected control channel is located may also be described as: the time domain location to which the detected control channel is mapped. The time domain location where the detected control channel is located may be a time unit in which the detected control channel is located. Illustratively, the time domain location in which the detected control channel is located may be the symbol location at which the detected control channel is located. Exemplarily, the symbol position where the detected control channel is located may be a symbol identifier of the first symbol where the detected control channel is located, or a symbol identifier of the last symbol where the detected control channel is located, or the like, or The symbol identification of other symbols in which the detected control channel is located is not limited in this application. The time domain location where the control channel detected by the terminal is located is the time domain location where the control channel sent by the base station is located.

可选的，所述控制信道的检测周期可以是一个或者多个符号，也可以是一个或者多个时隙，一个或在多个时间单元。所述时间单元可以是符号，时隙，微时隙，子帧，无线帧等等。所述时间单元用于表征时间粒度的单元。Optionally, the detection period of the control channel may be one or more symbols, or may be one or more time slots, one or multiple time units. The time unit can be a symbol, a time slot, a minislot, a subframe, a radio frame, and the like. The time unit is used to characterize units of time granularity.

可选的，终端可以在所述时域资源和基站进行数据传输。Optionally, the terminal may perform data transmission between the time domain resource and the base station.

下面根据四个具体的实施例，对终端根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息进行举例说明，具体的，以基站通过下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)向终端发送下行控制信息(downlink control information，简称DCI)，用于网络设备和终端之间的数据传输为例，以控制信道的检测周期为PDCCH的检测周期为例。可选的，本申请实施例既适用于下行数据调度，也适用于上行数据调度，本申请对其不做限定。In the following, according to four specific embodiments, the terminal determines the time domain information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel. Specifically, the base station sends the downlink to the terminal by using a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). The downlink control information (DCI) is used for the data transmission between the network device and the terminal as an example. The detection period of the control channel is taken as an example of the detection period of the PDCCH. Optionally, the embodiment of the present application is applicable to both downlink data scheduling and uplink data scheduling, which is not limited in this application.

实施例一、根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息的比特数。 Embodiment 1 Determine the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel.

可选的，终端根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息的比特数。Optionally, the terminal determines the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel.

可选的，终端根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及所述控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的比特数。Optionally, the terminal determines the number of bits of the time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel and a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of the time domain information.

通过该方法，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，可以简化所述时域信息的比特数的设计。本申请实施例中，设置可以是指预定义或者配置，本申请不做限定。示例性的，通过预定义控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特数的对应关系。再示例性的，终端接收基站发送的信令，该信令用于指示控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特数的对应关系。所述信令可以是物理层信令或者高层信令，具体的，不做限定。By this method, the design of the number of bits of the time domain information can be simplified by setting the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain information. In the embodiment of the present application, the setting may be predefined or configured, and the application is not limited. Illustratively, the correspondence between the detection period of the predefined control channel and the number of bits of the time domain information is predefined. To be exemplified, the terminal receives signaling sent by the base station, where the signaling is used to indicate a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of the time domain information. The signaling may be physical layer signaling or high layer signaling, and is not limited.

可选的，时域信息中可以包括时域指示信息，时域和频域指示信息和频域指示信息中至少一个。其中，时域指示信息用于指示为数据信道分配的时域资源，频域指示信息用于指示为数据信道分配的频域资源。时域和频域指示信息用于指示为数据信道分配的时频资源。Optionally, the time domain information may include at least one of time domain indication information, time domain and frequency domain indication information, and frequency domain indication information. The time domain indication information is used to indicate a time domain resource allocated for the data channel, and the frequency domain indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain resource allocated for the data channel. The time domain and frequency domain indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency resource allocated for the data channel.

可选的，所述时域信息的比特(bit)数可以是控制信息中用于指示时域信息(可以称为时域指示信息，也可以称为时域资源)的bit数，或者用于指示时域和频域信息(可以称为时域和频域指示信息，也可以称为时域和频域资源)的bit数，或者用于指示频域信息(可以称为频域指示信息)的bit数，或者控制信息的bit数四种方式。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information may be a bit number used in the control information to indicate time domain information (which may be referred to as time domain indication information, which may also be referred to as a time domain resource), or used for Indicates the number of bits of the time domain and frequency domain information (which may be referred to as time domain and frequency domain indication information, which may also be referred to as time domain and frequency domain resources), or for indicating frequency domain information (which may be referred to as frequency domain indication information). The number of bits, or the number of bits of control information, is four ways.

可选的，所述时域信息的比特数也可以是指用于指示时域信息的相关信息的bit数，具体的在此，不做限定。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information may also be the number of bits of the related information used to indicate the time domain information, which is not limited herein.

可选的，时域信息的比特数也可以是指时域信息的长度，时域信息的比特个数，等等，具体的在此不做限定。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information may also be the length of the time domain information, the number of bits of the time domain information, and the like, which are not limited herein.

可选的，上述四种方式可以在以下三种数据信道的传输情况下使用：Optionally, the above four methods can be used in the transmission of the following three data channels:

情况(case)1：针对一个第一时间单元中的数据调度，在一个第一时间单元中用于该数据信道传输的时域资源所占的第二时间单元的个数或者长度不超过控制信道的检测周期。Case 1: For the data scheduling in a first time unit, the number or length of the second time unit occupied by the time domain resource for the data channel transmission in a first time unit does not exceed the control channel Detection period.

比如以第一时间单元为时隙，第二时间单元为符号为例，如果控制信道的检测周期为2个符号，那么针对以slot为单位的数据调度或者数据信道传输，该数据信道传输所占的符号的个数或者长度不能超过2个符号。For example, the first time unit is a time slot, and the second time unit is a symbol. If the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the data channel transmission is occupied for data scheduling or data channel transmission in units of slots. The number or length of symbols cannot exceed 2 symbols.

可选的，如果控制信道的检测周期为2个符号，那么基于该控制信道的数据信道传输时域上不能超过2个符号。Optionally, if the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the data channel transmission based on the control channel cannot exceed 2 symbols in the time domain.

可选的，如果控制信道的检测周期为7个符号，那么基于该控制信道的数据信道传输时域上不能超过7个符号。以此类推，其他情况不再赘述。Optionally, if the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the data channel transmission based on the control channel cannot exceed 7 symbols in the time domain. By analogy, other situations will not be repeated.

case2：针对一个第一时间单元中的数据调度，在一个第一时间单元中的用于该数据信道传输的时域资源所占的第二时间单元的个数或者长度可以超过控制信道的检测周期。Case 2: for data scheduling in a first time unit, the number or length of the second time unit occupied by the time domain resource for the data channel transmission in a first time unit may exceed the detection period of the control channel .

比如以第一时间单元为时隙，第二时间单元为符号为例，如果控制信道的检测周期为2个符号，那么针对以slot为单位的数据调度或者数据信道传输，该数据信道传输所占的符号的个数或者长度可以超过2个符号，比如数据信道传输所占的时域资源可以是3个符号或者更多的符号。For example, the first time unit is a time slot, and the second time unit is a symbol. If the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the data channel transmission is occupied for data scheduling or data channel transmission in units of slots. The number or length of symbols may exceed 2 symbols. For example, the time domain resource occupied by the data channel transmission may be 3 symbols or more.

可选的，如果控制信道的检测周期为2个符号，那么基于该控制信道的数据信道传输在时域上的资源可以超过2个符号，也可以不超过2个符号。Optionally, if the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the resources in the time domain based on the data channel transmission of the control channel may exceed 2 symbols, or may not exceed 2 symbols.

可选的，如果控制信道的检测周期为7个符号，那么基于该控制信道的数据信道传输在时域上的资源可以超过7个符号，也可以不超过7个符号。以此类推，其他情况不再赘述。Optionally, if the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the resources in the time domain based on the data channel transmission of the control channel may exceed 7 symbols or may not exceed 7 symbols. By analogy, other situations will not be repeated.

case3：针对多个第一时间单元下的数据调度，即用1个控制信息调度多个第一时间单元的数据传输。也可以称为slot聚合下的数据传输。Case 3: For data scheduling in a plurality of first time units, data transmission of a plurality of first time units is scheduled with one control information. It can also be called data transmission under slot aggregation.

比如以第一时间单元为时隙为例，即可以用1个控制信息调度多个slot的数据传输，即该数据信道可以映射到多个slot的时域资源上。For example, the first time unit is used as the time slot, that is, the data transmission of multiple slots can be scheduled by using one control information, that is, the data channel can be mapped to the time domain resources of multiple slots.

针对如何确定数据信道的传输情况的方法通过下述实施例说明，该实施例可以是独立的实施例，也可以与本发明中的其他实施例相结合，具体的，在此不做限定。The method for determining the transmission of the data channel is described in the following embodiments. The embodiment may be a separate embodiment, and may be combined with other embodiments in the present invention, and is not limited herein.

可选的，数据信道的传输情况可以是指上述3种情况中的至少一种。Optionally, the transmission condition of the data channel may refer to at least one of the foregoing three cases.

可选的，可以是通过预定义的方法确定数据信道的传输情况，也可以是基站通过信令告知终端数据信道的传输情况。Optionally, the transmission of the data channel may be determined by a predefined method, or the base station may notify the transmission of the data channel of the terminal by signaling.

可选的，确定数据信道的传输情况的方法可以是通过如下的实施例中的至少一种方案。Optionally, the method for determining the transmission condition of the data channel may be through at least one of the following embodiments.

可选的，根据控制信道的检测周期确定数据信道的传输情况。Optionally, the transmission of the data channel is determined according to a detection period of the control channel.

比如若控制信道的检测周期是2符号或7符号或14符号，则数据信道的传输情况可以预定义为case 1或case 3。比如，如果控制信道的检测周期大于或等于1个时隙(slot)，则数据信道的传输情况可以是case 3。For example, if the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols or 7 symbols or 14 symbols, the transmission condition of the data channel can be predefined as case 1 or case 3. For example, if the detection period of the control channel is greater than or equal to 1 slot, the transmission of the data channel may be case 3.

可选的，根据业务类型确定数据信道的传输情况。其中，业务类型可以指超可靠低时延业务(urtal reliable low latency communications，URLLC)，移动宽带业务(enhanced mobile broadband，eMBB)等等。如果是URLLC，则数据传输的情况可以是case 1。如果是eMBB，则数据传输的情况可以是case 2和/或case 3。Optionally, the transmission of the data channel is determined according to the type of the service. The service type may refer to a urtal reliable low latency communications (URLLC), an enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), and the like. In the case of URLLC, the case of data transfer can be case 1. In the case of eMBB, the case of data transmission can be case 2 and/or case 3.

可选的，根据预定义多种数据信道的传输情况，然后基站通过信令告知终端多种数据信道的传输情况中的一种。所述信令可以是物理层信令和/或高层信令，本申请不做限定。Optionally, according to a predefined transmission condition of the multiple data channels, the base station then informs the terminal of one of the transmission conditions of the multiple data channels by signaling. The signaling may be physical layer signaling and/or high layer signaling, which is not limited in this application.

可选的，基站通过信令A通知终端数据信道的传输情况可以为多种case，然后基站再通过信令B通知终端数据信道的传输情况为多种case中的一种。示例性的，当控制信道的检测周期小于等于1个slot时，基站通过信令A通知终端数据信道的传输情况为case 1和case 2，基站再通过信令B通知终端数据信道的传输情况为case 1还是case 2。示例性地，信令A为高层信令，信令B为物理层信令。Optionally, the base station notifies the transmission status of the data channel of the terminal by using the signaling A, and then the base station notifies the transmission of the data channel of the terminal by the signaling B to one of a plurality of cases. Exemplarily, when the detection period of the control channel is less than or equal to 1 slot, the base station notifies the transmission condition of the data channel of the terminal to case 1 and case 2 through the signaling A, and the base station notifies the transmission condition of the data channel of the terminal through the signaling B. Case 1 is still case 2. Illustratively, signaling A is high layer signaling and signaling B is physical layer signaling.

可选的，上述确定数据信道的传输情况的多种方案也可以结合，具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the foregoing multiple solutions for determining the transmission of the data channel may also be combined, and are not limited herein.

首先在case 1下对方式1进行具体的举例说明：First, a specific example of mode 1 is given in case 1:

方式1、根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域指示信息的bit数。In the first method, the number of bits of the time domain indication information in the control information is determined according to the detection period of the control channel.

针对不同的控制信道的检测周期可以确定控制信息中的时域指示信息的bit数，其中不同的控制信道的检测周期确定的控制信息中的时域指示信息的bit数可以是相同的，也可以是不同的。The number of bits of the time domain indication information in the control information may be determined by the detection period of the different control channels, and the number of bits of the time domain indication information in the control information determined by the detection period of the different control channels may be the same. It is different.

可选的，该时域指示信息的比特数可以是指控制信息中用于指示时域资源的bit数。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain indication information may refer to the number of bits in the control information used to indicate the time domain resource.

可选的，根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及所述控制信道的检测周期与时域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域指示信息的比特数。在本申请实施例中，可以设置控制信道的检测周期与时域指示信息的比特数的对应关系。在本申请实施例中，设置可以是指预定义或者信令配置，具体的，在此不做限定。示例性地，预定义控制信道的检测周期与时域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及该对应关系，确定所述时域指示信息的比特数。再示例性地，基站通过信令为终端配置控制信道的检测周期与时域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，终端接收该信令，根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及该对应关系确定时域指示信息的比特数。其中，所述信令可以是物理层信令或者高层信令，具体的，不做限定。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain indication information is determined according to a detection period of the control channel and a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of the time domain indication information. In this embodiment of the present application, the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain indication information may be set. In the embodiment of the present application, the setting may be a pre-defined or a signaling configuration, and is not limited herein. For example, the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain indication information is predefined, and the number of bits of the time domain indication information is determined according to the detection period of the control channel and the correspondence. Illustratively, the base station configures, by using the signaling, a correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain indication information, the terminal receives the signaling, and determines the time domain according to the detection period of the control channel and the corresponding relationship. Indicates the number of bits of information. The signaling may be physical layer signaling or high layer signaling, and is not limited.

可选的，通过控制信道的检测周期与时域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域指示信息的比特数的方式可以是通过如下实施方式进行。其中，时域指示信息可以指示数据信道的时域长度和数据信道的时域起始位置。其中时域指示信息的比特数为X1，具体的X1的数值可以是预定义的，即该对应关系是预定义的。Optionally, the manner of determining the number of bits of the time domain indication information by using a correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain indication information may be performed by the following implementation manner. The time domain indication information may indicate a time domain length of the data channel and a time domain start location of the data channel. The number of bits of the time domain indication information is X1, and the value of the specific X1 may be predefined, that is, the correspondence is predefined.

具体实施方式1，假设当控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，可以设置控制信息中的时域指示信息的bit数为X1，其中X1是大于等于0的整数，可选的，比如X1为4。The first embodiment assumes that when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the number of bits of the time domain indication information in the control information may be set to X1, where X1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and optionally, for example, X1 is 4.

如图8所示，假设当控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，数据信道传输可以用的时域长度(比如符号长度)有7种情况，例如时域长度可以为1，2，3，4，5，6，7个符号，因此，控制信息中的时域指示信息可以是用3个bit指示数据信道的时域长度，示例性的，由于时域长度有7个数值，最小用3位二进制表示，比如当时域长度为1个符号时，二进制可以表示为000，当时域长度为2个符号时，二进制可以表示为001，以此类推。其他的比特含义和指示信息的对应关系并不排除。另外，其他的指示方法也并不排除，比如高层信令指示具体的时域长度取值等。具体的，在此不做限定。As shown in FIG. 8, it is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, there are 7 cases in which the time domain length (such as the symbol length) that can be used for data channel transmission, for example, the time domain length may be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 symbols. Therefore, the time domain indication information in the control information may indicate the time domain length of the data channel by 3 bits. Illustratively, since the time domain length has 7 values, the minimum is 3 Bit binary representation. For example, when the length of the field is 1 symbol, the binary can be represented as 000. When the domain length is 2 symbols, the binary can be represented as 001, and so on. The correspondence between other bit meanings and indication information is not excluded. In addition, other indication methods are not excluded, for example, high-level signaling indicates a specific time domain length value. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

可选的，数据信道的时域起始位置可以有2种含义。Optionally, the time domain start position of the data channel can have two meanings.

第一种含义，数据信道的时域起始位置可以是指数据信道的时域起始位置在第一时间单元中的时域位置。比如数据信道的时域起始位置在slot中的符号位置。比如当控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，针对数据信道的时域起始位置有2种可能的情况下，比如第一种可能的时域起始位置是slot的第一个符号，第二种可能起始位置是slot的第二个符号，因此控制信息中的时域指示信息可以是用1个bit来指示数据信道的时域起始位置。示例性地，当该1个bit的值为t1时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为slot中的第一个符号；当该1个bit的值为t2或者不为t1时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为slot中的第二个符号。其中，t1和t2为整数。示例性地，t1为0，t2为1。其他的比特含义和指示信息的对应关系并不排除。另外，其他的指示方法也并不排除，比如高层信令指示具体的时域起始位置等。具体的，在此不做限定。The first meaning, the time domain start position of the data channel may refer to the time domain position of the time domain start position of the data channel in the first time unit. For example, the time domain starting position of the data channel is the symbol position in the slot. For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, there are two possible cases for the time domain start position of the data channel, for example, the first possible time domain start position is the first symbol of the slot, The two possible starting positions are the second symbol of the slot, so the time domain indication information in the control information may be 1 bit to indicate the time domain starting position of the data channel. Exemplarily, when the value of the 1 bit is t1, the time domain start position of the data channel is the first symbol in the slot; when the value of the 1 bit is t2 or not t1, the data is represented. The time domain start position of the channel is the second symbol in the slot. Where t1 and t2 are integers. Illustratively, t1 is 0 and t2 is 1. The correspondence between other bit meanings and indication information is not excluded. In addition, other indication methods are not excluded, such as high-level signaling indicating a specific time domain starting position and the like. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

第二种含义，数据信道的时域起始位置可以是指数据信道的时域资源位置与控制信道(比如PDCCH)检测的时域资源的位置关系，比如数据信道的时域起始位置可以是控制信道检测的符号(或其他的时间单元)之后的某个符号(或其他的时间单元)。比如当控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，针对数据信道的时域起始位置有2种可能的情况下，比如数据信道的时域起始位置是控制信道检测的符号之后的第一个符号或者控制信道检测的符号之后第二个符号，因此控制信息中的时域指示信息需要用1个bit指示数据信道的时域起始位置。示例性地，当该1个bit的值为t1时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为控制信道检测的符号之后的第一个符号；当该1个bit的值为t2或者不为t1时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为控制信道检测的符号之后的第二个符号。其中，t1和t2为整数。示例性地，t1为0，t2为1。其他的比特含义和指示信息的对应关系并不排除。另外，其他的指示方法也并不排除，比如高层信令指示具体的时域起始位置等。具体的，在此不做限定。The second meaning, the time domain start position of the data channel may refer to the positional relationship between the time domain resource location of the data channel and the time domain resource detected by the control channel (such as the PDCCH), for example, the time domain start position of the data channel may be Controls a symbol (or other time unit) following the symbol (or other time unit) detected by the channel. For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, there are two possible cases for the time domain start position of the data channel, for example, the time domain start position of the data channel is the first after the symbol of the control channel detection. The symbol or the second symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel, so the time domain indication information in the control information needs to indicate the time domain start position of the data channel with 1 bit. Illustratively, when the value of the 1 bit is t1, the time domain start position of the data channel is the first symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel; when the value of the 1 bit is t2 or not t1 At the time, it indicates that the time domain start position of the data channel is the second symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel. Where t1 and t2 are integers. Illustratively, t1 is 0 and t2 is 1. The correspondence between other bit meanings and indication information is not excluded. In addition, other indication methods are not excluded, such as high-level signaling indicating a specific time domain starting position and the like. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

可选的，数据信道的时域起始位置也可以是控制信道检测的符号，即数据信道的时域资源可以包括控制信道检测的符号。如图8中，深色条代表控制信道检测的符号，因为控制信道检测的符号的间隔为7个符号，即每7个符号检测一次控制信道，即控制信道的检测周期为7个符号，可选的，控制信道的检测的符号也可以是在slot的其他的符号上，本申请对其不做限定。Optionally, the time domain start position of the data channel may also be a symbol for control channel detection, that is, the time domain resource of the data channel may include a symbol for control channel detection. As shown in FIG. 8, the dark bar represents the symbol of the control channel detection, because the interval of the symbol detected by the control channel is 7 symbols, that is, the control channel is detected once every 7 symbols, that is, the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, The symbol of the detection of the control channel may also be other symbols in the slot, which is not limited in this application.

基于上述举例，数据信道的时域指示信息可以是用于指示数据信道的时域长度和数据信道的时域起始位置。示例性的，当控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，指示数据信道的时域长度需要用3个bit，指示数据信道的时域起始位置需要用1个bit，即总的时域指示信息为4个bit，即X1取值为4。Based on the above example, the time domain indication information of the data channel may be used to indicate the time domain length of the data channel and the time domain start location of the data channel. Exemplarily, when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, it indicates that the time domain length of the data channel needs to be 3 bits, indicating that the time domain starting position of the data channel needs to use 1 bit, that is, the total time domain indication. The information is 4 bits, that is, X1 takes the value 4.

本申请实施例中时域起始位置也可以简称为起始位置。时域起始位置也可以简称为起始时间单元，比如，时间单元可以为无线帧，子帧，时隙，微时隙，符号等中的至少一项。比如时域起始位置可以是起始符号，或起始时隙等。The time domain starting position in the embodiment of the present application may also be simply referred to as a starting position. The time domain start position may also be simply referred to as a start time unit. For example, the time unit may be at least one of a radio frame, a subframe, a time slot, a minislot, a symbol, and the like. For example, the start position of the time domain may be a start symbol, or a start time slot, and the like.

具体实施方式2，假设当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，可以对应控制信息中的时域指示信息的bit数为X2，其中X2是大于等于0的整数，可选的，比如X2为6或4。Embodiment 2: It is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, the number of bits of the time domain indication information in the corresponding control information may be X2, where X2 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, optionally, for example, X2 is 6 or 4.

示例性地，X2为6时，如图9所示，假设当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，数据信道传输可以用的时域长度(比如符号长度)有8种情况，例如时域长度为1，2，4，6，8，10，12，14个符号，因此控制信息中的时域指示信息可以是用3个bit指示数据信道的时域长度，示例性的，由于时域长度有8个数值，最小用3位二进制表示，比如当时域长度为1个符号时，二进制可以表示为000，当时域长度为2个符号时，二进制可以表示为001，以此类推。其他的比特含义和指示信息的对应关系并不排除。另外，其他的指示方法也并不排除，比如高层信令指示具体的时域长度取值等。具体的，在此不做限定。Illustratively, when X2 is 6, as shown in FIG. 9, it is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, the time domain length (such as the symbol length) that can be used for data channel transmission has 8 cases, such as time domain. The length is 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 symbols, so the time domain indication information in the control information may indicate the time domain length of the data channel by 3 bits, exemplary, due to the time domain The length has 8 values, and the minimum is represented by 3 bits. For example, when the field length is 1 symbol, the binary can be expressed as 000. When the field length is 2 symbols, the binary can be represented as 001, and so on. The correspondence between other bit meanings and indication information is not excluded. In addition, other indication methods are not excluded, for example, high-level signaling indicates a specific time domain length value. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

第一种含义，数据信道的时域起始位置可以是指数据信道的时域起始位置在第一时间单元中的时域位置。比如数据信道的时域起始位置在slot中的符号位置。比如当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，针对数据信道的时域起始位置有8种可能的情况下，比如数据信道的时域起始位置的8种可能为数据信道的时域起始位置是slot的第一个符号或者slot的第二个符号，或者slot的第三、第四、第五、第六、第七、或第八个符号，因此控制信息中的时域指示信息可以是用3个bit来指示数据信道的时域起始位置。示例性地，当该3个bit的值为000时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为slot中的第一个符号；当该3个bit的值为001时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为slot中的第二个符号，以此类推。其他的比特含义和指示信息的对应关系并不排除。另外，其他的指示方法也并不排除，比如高层信令指示具体的时域起始位置等。具体的，在此不做限定。The first meaning, the time domain start position of the data channel may refer to the time domain position of the time domain start position of the data channel in the first time unit. For example, the time domain starting position of the data channel is the symbol position in the slot. For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, there are 8 possible cases for the time domain start position of the data channel, for example, 8 kinds of time domain start positions of the data channel may be the time domain of the data channel. The start position is the first symbol of the slot or the second symbol of the slot, or the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, or eighth symbol of the slot, so the time domain indication information in the control information It is possible to use 3 bits to indicate the time domain start position of the data channel. Exemplarily, when the value of the three bits is 000, it indicates that the time domain start position of the data channel is the first symbol in the slot; when the value of the three bits is 001, it indicates the time domain of the data channel. The starting position is the second symbol in the slot, and so on. The correspondence between other bit meanings and indication information is not excluded. In addition, other indication methods are not excluded, such as high-level signaling indicating a specific time domain starting position and the like. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

第二种含义，数据信道的时域起始位置可以是指数据信道的时域资源与控制信道 (比如PDCCH)检测的时域资源的位置关系，比如数据信道的时域起始位置可以是控制信道检测的符号(或其他的时间单元)之后的某个符号(或其他的时间单元)。比如当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，针对数据信道的时域起始位置有8种可能的情况下，比如数据信道的时域起始位置是控制信道检测的符号之后的第一个符号或者控制信道检测的符号之后第二个符号，或者控制信道检测的符号之后的第三，第四，第五，第六，第七，或者第八个符号，因此控制信息中的时域指示信息需要用3个bit指示数据信道的时域起始位置。示例性地，当该3个bit的值为000时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为控制信道检测的符号之后的第一个符号；当该3个bit的值为001时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为控制信道检测的符号之后的第二个符号；以此类推。其他的比特含义和指示信息的对应关系并不排除。另外，其他的指示方法也并不排除，比如高层信令指示具体的时域起始位置等。具体的，在此不做限定。The second meaning, the time domain start position of the data channel may refer to the positional relationship between the time domain resource of the data channel and the time domain resource detected by the control channel (such as the PDCCH), for example, the time domain start position of the data channel may be controlled. A symbol (or other time unit) following the symbol (or other time unit) of the channel detection. For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, there are 8 possible cases for the time domain start position of the data channel, for example, the time domain start position of the data channel is the first after the symbol of the control channel detection. The symbol or the second symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel, or the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, or eighth symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel, thus the time domain indication in the control information The information needs to indicate the time domain start position of the data channel with 3 bits. Exemplarily, when the value of the three bits is 000, the time domain start position of the data channel is the first symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel; when the value of the three bits is 001, the data is represented. The time domain start position of the channel is the second symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel; and so on. The correspondence between other bit meanings and indication information is not excluded. In addition, other indication methods are not excluded, such as high-level signaling indicating a specific time domain starting position and the like. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

可选的，数据信道的时域起始位置也可以是控制信道检测的符号，即数据信道的时域资源可以包括控制信道检测的符号。如图9中深色条代表控制信道检测的符号，因为控制信道检测的符号的间隔为14个符号，即每14个符号检测一次控制信道，即控制信道的检测周期为14个符号，可选的，控制信道的检测的符号也可以是在slot的其他的符号上，本申请对其不做限定。Optionally, the time domain start position of the data channel may also be a symbol for control channel detection, that is, the time domain resource of the data channel may include a symbol for control channel detection. The dark bar in FIG. 9 represents the symbol of the control channel detection, because the interval of the symbols detected by the control channel is 14 symbols, that is, the control channel is detected once every 14 symbols, that is, the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, which is optional. The symbol of the detection of the control channel may also be other symbols in the slot, which is not limited in this application.

再示例性地，X2为4时，也如图9所示，假设当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，数据信道传输可以用的时域长度(比如符号长度)有4种情况，例如时域长度为6，8，12，14个符号，因此控制信息中的时域指示信息可以是用2个bit指示数据信道的时域长度，示例性的，由于时域长度有4个数值，最小用2位二进制表示，比如当时域长度为6个符号时，二进制可以表示为00，当时域长度为8个符号时，二进制可以表示为01，以此类推。其他的比特含义和指示信息的对应关系并不排除。另外，其他的指示方法也并不排除，比如高层信令指示具体的时域长度取值等。具体的，在此不做限定。By way of example, when X2 is 4, as shown in FIG. 9, it is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, the time domain length (such as the symbol length) that can be used for data channel transmission has four cases, for example, The time domain length is 6, 8, 12, 14 symbols, so the time domain indication information in the control information may indicate the time domain length of the data channel by 2 bits. Illustratively, since the time domain length has 4 values, The minimum is represented by a 2-bit binary. For example, when the field length is 6 symbols, the binary can be represented as 00. When the domain length is 8 symbols, the binary can be represented as 01, and so on. The correspondence between other bit meanings and indication information is not excluded. In addition, other indication methods are not excluded, for example, high-level signaling indicates a specific time domain length value. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

第一种含义，数据信道的时域起始位置可以是指数据信道的时域起始位置在第一时间单元中的时域位置。比如数据信道的时域起始位置在slot中的符号位置。比如当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，针对数据信道的时域起始位置有4种可能的情况下，比如数据信道的时域起始位置的4种可能为数据信道的时域起始位置是slot的第一个符号或者slot的第二个符号，或者slot的第三个符号或者slot的第四个符号，因此控制信息中的时域指示信息可以是用2个bit指示数据信道的时域起始位置。示例性地，当该2个bit的值为00时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为slot中的第一个符号；当该2个bit的值为01时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为slot中的第二个符号，以此类推。其他的比特含义和指示信息的对应关系并不排除。另外，其他的指示方法也并不排除，比如高层信令指示具体的时域起始位置等。具体的，在此不做限定。The first meaning, the time domain start position of the data channel may refer to the time domain position of the time domain start position of the data channel in the first time unit. For example, the time domain starting position of the data channel is the symbol position in the slot. For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, there are 4 possible cases for the time domain start position of the data channel, for example, 4 kinds of time domain start positions of the data channel may be the time domain of the data channel. The start position is the first symbol of the slot or the second symbol of the slot, or the third symbol of the slot or the fourth symbol of the slot, so the time domain indication information in the control information may indicate the data channel with 2 bits The starting position of the time domain. Exemplarily, when the value of the 2 bits is 00, the time domain start position of the data channel is the first symbol in the slot; when the value of the 2 bits is 01, the time domain of the data channel is indicated. The starting position is the second symbol in the slot, and so on. The correspondence between other bit meanings and indication information is not excluded. In addition, other indication methods are not excluded, such as high-level signaling indicating a specific time domain starting position and the like. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

第二种含义，数据信道的时域起始位置可以是指数据信道的时域资源与控制信道检测的时域资源的位置关系，比如数据信道的时域起始位置可以是控制信道检测的符号(或其他的时间单元)之后的某个符号(或其他的时间单元)。比如当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，针对数据信道的时域起始位置有2种可能的情况下，比如数据信道的时域起始位置是控制信道检测的符号之后第一个符号或者控制信道检测的符号之后第二个符号，或者控制信道检测的符号之后的第三个符号，或者控制信道检测的符号之后的第四个符号，因此控制信息中的时域指示信息需要用2个bit指示数据信道的时域起始位置。示例性地，当该2个bit的值为00时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为控制信道检测的符号之后的第一个符号；当该2个bit的值为01时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为控制信道检测的符号之后的第二个符号；以此类推。其他的比特含义和指示信息的对应关系并不排除。另外，其他的指示方法也并不排除，比如高层信令指示具体的时域起始位置等。具体的，在此不做限定。The second meaning, the time domain start position of the data channel may refer to the positional relationship between the time domain resource of the data channel and the time domain resource detected by the control channel. For example, the time domain start position of the data channel may be the symbol of the control channel detection. A symbol (or other time unit) after (or other time unit). For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, there are two possible cases for the time domain start position of the data channel, for example, the time domain start position of the data channel is the first symbol after the symbol of the control channel detection. Or the second symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel, or the third symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel, or the fourth symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel, so the time domain indication information in the control information needs to be used 2 The bits indicate the start of the time domain of the data channel. Exemplarily, when the value of the 2 bits is 00, the time domain start position of the data channel is the first symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel; when the value of the 2 bits is 01, the data is indicated. The time domain start position of the channel is the second symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel; and so on. The correspondence between other bit meanings and indication information is not excluded. In addition, other indication methods are not excluded, such as high-level signaling indicating a specific time domain starting position and the like. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

可选的，数据信道的时域起始位置也可以是控制信道检测的符号。即数据信道的时域资源可以包括控制信道检测的符号。Optionally, the time domain start position of the data channel may also be a symbol of the control channel detection. That is, the time domain resources of the data channel may include symbols for control channel detection.

通过上述举例，即数据信道的时域指示信息可以是用于指示数据信道的时域长度和数据信道的时域起始位置。在举例中当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，指示数据信道的时域长度需要用3个bit，指示数据信道的时域起始位置需要用3个bit，即总的时域指示信息为6个bit，即X2取值为6。或者指示数据信道的时域长度需要用2个bit，指示数据信道的时域起始位置需要用2个bit，即总的时域指示信息为4个bit，即X2取值为4。其中，时域指示信息的指示方法和时域指示信息的比特数仅是举例，其他的指示方法和比特数并不排除，具体的，在此不做限定。By way of the above example, the time domain indication information of the data channel may be used to indicate the time domain length of the data channel and the time domain start location of the data channel. In the example, when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, the time domain length of the data channel is required to be 3 bits, and the time domain starting position of the data channel is required to be 3 bits, that is, the total time domain indication information is used. It is 6 bits, that is, X2 takes the value 6. Or the time domain length of the data channel is required to be 2 bits, and the time domain starting position of the data channel is required to be 2 bits, that is, the total time domain indication information is 4 bits, that is, the value of X2 is 4. The number of bits of the indication method of the time domain indication information and the time domain indication information is only an example, and the other indication methods and the number of the bits are not excluded, and are not limited herein.

通过上述举例，即控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时对应的控制信息中的时域指示信息的比特数为X2，具体的X2的数值可以是预定义的，即该对应关系是预定义的。The number of bits of the time domain indication information in the control information corresponding to the control channel is X2, and the value of the specific X2 may be predefined, that is, the correspondence is predefined. .

可选的，对应关系也可以是基站通过信令告知终端的。比如对应关系1表示控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时对应的控制信息中的时域指示信息的比特数为6，对应关系2表示控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时对应的控制信息中的时域指示信息的比特数为4。其中取值4和6仅是举例，并不排除可以是其他的数值，具体的，在此不作限定。Optionally, the corresponding relationship may also be that the base station notifies the terminal by using signaling. For example, the correspondence 1 indicates that the number of bits of the time domain indication information in the control information corresponding to the control channel is 14 symbols, and the correspondence 2 indicates that the control channel has a detection period of 14 symbols. The number of bits of the time domain indication information is 4. The values 4 and 6 are only examples, and the other values are not excluded, and are not limited herein.

可选的，通过设置的控制信道的检测周期与控制信息中的时域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，基站和/或终端即可根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域指示信息的比特数。Optionally, the base station and/or the terminal may determine the number of bits of the time domain indication information according to the detection period of the control channel by using a correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain indication information in the control information.

具体实施方式3，假设当控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，可以对应控制信息中的时域指示信息的bit数为X3，其中X3是大于等于0的整数，可选的，比如X3为2。The third embodiment assumes that when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the number of bits of the time domain indication information in the control information may be X3, where X3 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and optional, for example, X3 is 2.

示例性地，如图10所示，假设数据信道的检测周期为2个符号时，可以对应控制信息中的时域指示信息的bit数为2。假设当控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，控制信道传输可以用的时域长度(比如符号长度)有2种情况，例如时域长度为1，2个符号，因此控制信息中的时域指示信息可以是用1个bit指示数据信道的时域长度。示例性地，当该1个bit的值为t1时，表示数据信道的时域长度为1个符号；当该1个bit的值为t2或者不为t1时，表示数据信道的时域长度为2个符号。其中，t1和t2为整数。示例性地，t1为0，t2为1。其他的比特含义和指示信息的对应关系并不排除。另外，其他的指示方法也并不排除，比如高层信令指示具体的时域起始位置等。具体的，在此不做限定。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 10, when the detection period of the data channel is 2 symbols, the number of bits of the time domain indication information in the control information may be 2. It is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the time domain length (such as the symbol length) that can be used for control channel transmission has two cases, for example, the time domain length is 1, 2 symbols, so the time domain in the control information The indication information may be a time domain length indicating the data channel with 1 bit. Illustratively, when the value of the 1 bit is t1, it indicates that the time domain length of the data channel is 1 symbol; when the value of the 1 bit is t2 or is not t1, it indicates that the time domain length of the data channel is 2 symbols. Where t1 and t2 are integers. Illustratively, t1 is 0 and t2 is 1. The correspondence between other bit meanings and indication information is not excluded. In addition, other indication methods are not excluded, such as high-level signaling indicating a specific time domain starting position and the like. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

第一种含义，数据信道的时域起始位置可以是指数据信道的时域起始位置在第一时间单元中的时域位置。比如数据信道的时域起始位置在slot中的符号位置。比如当控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，针对数据信道的时域起始位置有2种可能的情况下，比如数据信道的时域起始位置是slot的第一个符号或者数据信道的时域起始位置是slot的第二个符号，因此控制信息中的时域指示信息可以是用1个bit指示数据信道的时域起始位置。示例性地，当该1个bit的值为0时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为slot中的第一个符号；当该1个bit的值为1时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为slot中的第二个符号，以此类推。其他的比特含义和指示信息的对应关系并不排除。另外，其他的指示方法也并不排除，比如高层信令指示具体的时域起始位置等。具体的，在此不做限定。The first meaning, the time domain start position of the data channel may refer to the time domain position of the time domain start position of the data channel in the first time unit. For example, the time domain starting position of the data channel is the symbol position in the slot. For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, there are two possible cases for the time domain start position of the data channel, for example, the time domain start position of the data channel is the first symbol of the slot or the data channel. The time domain start position is the second symbol of the slot, so the time domain indication information in the control information may be a time domain start position indicating the data channel with 1 bit. Exemplarily, when the value of the 1 bit is 0, it indicates that the time domain start position of the data channel is the first symbol in the slot; when the value of the 1 bit is 1, it indicates the time domain of the data channel. The starting position is the second symbol in the slot, and so on. The correspondence between other bit meanings and indication information is not excluded. In addition, other indication methods are not excluded, such as high-level signaling indicating a specific time domain starting position and the like. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

第二种含义，数据信道的时域起始位置可以是指数据信道的时域资源与控制信道检测的时域资源的位置关系，比如数据信道的时域起始位置可以是控制信道检测的符号(或其他的时间单元)之后的某个符号(或其他的时间单元)。比如当控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，针对数据信道的时域起始位置有2种可能的情况下，比如数据信道的时域起始位置是控制信道检测的符号之后第一个符号或者控制信道检测的符号之后第二个符号，因此控制信息中的时域指示信息需要用1个bit指示数据信道的时域起始位置。示例性地，当该1个bit的值为0时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为控制信道检测的符号之后的第一个符号；当该1个bit的值为1时，表示数据信道的时域起始位置为控制信道检测的符号之后的第二个符号；以此类推。其他的比特含义和指示信息的对应关系并不排除。另外，其他的指示方法也并不排除，比如高层信令指示具体的时域起始位置等。具体的，在此不做限定。The second meaning, the time domain start position of the data channel may refer to the positional relationship between the time domain resource of the data channel and the time domain resource detected by the control channel. For example, the time domain start position of the data channel may be the symbol of the control channel detection. A symbol (or other time unit) after (or other time unit). For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, there are two possible cases for the time domain start position of the data channel, for example, the time domain start position of the data channel is the first symbol after the symbol of the control channel detection. Or control the second symbol after the symbol detected by the channel, so the time domain indication information in the control information needs to indicate the time domain start position of the data channel with 1 bit. Exemplarily, when the value of the 1 bit is 0, the time domain start position of the data channel is the first symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel; when the value of the 1 bit is 1, the data is represented. The time domain start position of the channel is the second symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel; and so on. The correspondence between other bit meanings and indication information is not excluded. In addition, other indication methods are not excluded, such as high-level signaling indicating a specific time domain starting position and the like. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

可选的，数据信道的时域起始位置也可以是控制信道检测的符号。即数据信道的时域资源可以包括控制信道检测的符号。如图10中深色条代表PDCCH检测的符号，因为控制信道检测的符号的间隔为2个符号，即每2个符号检测一次控制信道，即控制信道的检测周期为2个符号，可选的，控制信道的检测的符号也可以是在slot的其他的符号上，本申请对其不做限定。Optionally, the time domain start position of the data channel may also be a symbol of the control channel detection. That is, the time domain resources of the data channel may include symbols for control channel detection. The dark bar in FIG. 10 represents the symbol detected by the PDCCH, because the interval of the symbol detected by the control channel is 2 symbols, that is, the control channel is detected once every 2 symbols, that is, the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, optionally The symbol of the detection of the control channel may also be other symbols in the slot, which is not limited in this application.

通过上述举例，即数据信道的时域指示信息可以是用于指示数据信道的时域长度和数据信道的时域起始位置。在举例中当控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，指示数据信道的时域长度需要用1个bit，指示数据信道的时域起始位置需要用1个bit，即总的时域指示信息为2个bit，即X3取值为2。其中，时域指示信息的指示方法和时域指示信息的比特数仅是举例，其他的指示方法和比特数并不排除，具体的，在此不做限定。By way of the above example, the time domain indication information of the data channel may be used to indicate the time domain length of the data channel and the time domain start location of the data channel. In the example, when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the time domain length of the data channel is required to be 1 bit, and the time domain starting position of the data channel is required to be 1 bit, that is, the total time domain indication information is used. It is 2 bits, that is, X3 takes a value of 2. The number of bits of the indication method of the time domain indication information and the time domain indication information is only an example, and the other indication methods and the number of the bits are not excluded, and are not limited herein.

通过上述举例，即控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时对应的控制信息中的时域指示信息的比特数为X3，具体的X3的数值可以是预定义的，即该对应关系是预定义的。Through the above example, when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the number of bits of the time domain indication information in the corresponding control information is X3, and the value of the specific X3 may be predefined, that is, the correspondence is predefined. .

可选的，对应关系也可以是基站通过信令告知终端的。比如对应关系1表示控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时对应的控制信息中的时域指示信息的比特数为2，对应关系2表示控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时对应的控制信息中的时域指示信息的比特数为4。其中取值4和2仅是举例，并不排除可以是其他的数值，具体的，在此不作限定。Optionally, the corresponding relationship may also be that the base station notifies the terminal by using signaling. For example, the correspondence 1 indicates that the number of bits of the time domain indication information in the corresponding control information when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols is 2, and the correspondence 2 indicates the control information corresponding to the detection period of the control channel being 2 symbols. The number of bits of the time domain indication information is 4. The values 4 and 2 are only examples, and the other values are not excluded, and are not limited herein.

其中，上述X1，X2，X3为大于等于0的整数，可以取值相同也可以取值不同，或者其他的bit数也可以，本申请实施例对其不做限定。The above-mentioned X1, X2, and X3 are integers of 0 or more, and may be the same value or different values, or other bit numbers may be used, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

可选的，其中当X1或X2或X3等于0时，表明控制信息中可以不用包含时域信息，此时，时域信息可以是预定义的，比如预定义一种时域长度和一种时域起始位置等，具体的在此不做限定。或者时域信息是通过高层信令通知的，比如RRC(radio resource control，无线资源控制)信令或MAC(medium access control，媒体接入控制)信令等，具体的在此不做限定。Optionally, when X1 or X2 or X3 is equal to 0, it indicates that the time domain information may not be included in the control information. In this case, the time domain information may be predefined, such as predefining a time domain length and a time The starting position of the domain, etc., is not limited herein. Or the time domain information is notified by the high layer signaling, such as RRC (radio resource control) signaling or MAC (medium access control) signaling, which is not limited herein.

然后在case 1下对方式2进行具体的举例说明：Then, in case 1, the mode 2 is specifically illustrated:

方式2、根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域和频域指示信息的bit数。In the method 2, the number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information in the control information is determined according to the detection period of the control channel.

针对不同的控制信道的检测周期可以确定控制信息中的时域和频域指示信息的bit数，其中不同的控制信道的检测周期确定的控制信息中的时域和频域指示信息的bit数可以是相同的，也可以是不同的。该时域和频域指示信息的比特数可以是指控制信息中用于指示时域资源和频域资源的bit数。The number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information in the control information may be determined for the detection period of the different control channels, wherein the number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information in the control information determined by the detection period of the different control channels may be It is the same or it can be different. The number of bits of the time domain and frequency domain indication information may refer to the number of bits used in the control information to indicate the time domain resource and the frequency domain resource.

可选的，根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及所述控制信道的检测周期与时域和频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域和频域指示信息的比特数。当时域信息为时域和频域指示信息时，根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时域资源可以是根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时频资源。Optionally, determining the number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information according to the detection period of the control channel and the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information. When the time domain information is time domain and frequency domain indication information, determining the time domain resource for performing data transmission according to the time domain information may be determining a time frequency resource for performing data transmission according to the time domain information.

可选的，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与时域和频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，基站和/或终端即可根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域和频域指示信息的比特数。示例性地，通过预定义控制信道的检测周期与时域和频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域和频域指示信息的比特数。在示例性地，基站通过信令通知终端控制信道的检测周期与时域和频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，终端接收信令，基于该信令确定时域和频域指示信息的比特数。所述信令可以是物理层信令或者高层信令。Optionally, by setting a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information, the base station and/or the terminal may determine the number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information according to the detection period of the control channel. . Exemplarily, the number of bits of the time domain and frequency domain indication information is determined by a correspondence between a detection period of the predefined control channel and a number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information. Illustratively, the base station notifies the correspondence between the detection period of the terminal control channel and the number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information by signaling, the terminal receives the signaling, and determines the bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information based on the signaling. number. The signaling may be physical layer signaling or higher layer signaling.

可选的，通过控制信道的检测周期与时域和频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域和频域指示信息的比特数的方式可以是通过如下实施方式进行。Optionally, the manner of determining the number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information by using a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information may be performed by using the following implementation manner.

可选的，可以设置如下的控制信道的检测周期与时域和频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，根据该控制信道的检测周期与时域和频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域和频域指示信息的比特数。具体的对应关系可以如下所述：Optionally, the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information may be set, and according to the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information, Determining the number of bits of the time domain and frequency domain indication information. The specific correspondence can be as follows:

假设当控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，可以对应控制信息中的时域和频域指示信息的bit数为Y1，其中Y1是大于等于0的整数，可选的，比如Y1为4。It is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the number of bits of the time domain and frequency domain indication information in the control information may be Y1, where Y1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and optionally, for example, Y1 is 4.

假设当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，可以对应控制信息中的时域和频域指示信息的bit数为Y2，其中Y2是大于等于0的整数，可选的，比如Y2为6。It is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, the number of bits of the time domain and frequency domain indication information in the control information may be Y2, where Y2 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and optionally, for example, Y2 is 6.

假设当控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，可以对应控制信息中的时域和频域指示信息的bit数为Y3，其中Y3是大于等于0的整数，可选的，比如Y3为2。It is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the number of bits of the time domain and frequency domain indication information in the control information may be Y3, where Y3 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and optionally, for example, Y3 is 2.

其中Y1，Y2，Y3为大于等于0的整数，可以取值相同也可以取值不同，或者其他的bit数也可以，本申请实施例对其不做限定。Y1, Y2, and Y3 are integers that are greater than or equal to 0, and may be the same value or different values, or other bit numbers may be used, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

可选的，其中当Y1或Y2或Y3等于0时，表明控制信息中可以不用包含时域信息，此时，时域信息可以是预定义的，比如预定义一种时域长度和一种时域起始位置，预定义一种频域位置信息等，具体的在此不做限定。或者时域信息是通过高层信令通知的，比如RRC信令或MAC信令等，具体的在此不做限定。Optionally, when Y1 or Y2 or Y3 is equal to 0, it indicates that the time domain information may not be included in the control information. In this case, the time domain information may be predefined, such as predefining a time domain length and a time The starting position of the domain, pre-defined a frequency domain location information, etc., which is not limited herein. The time domain information is advertised by the high layer signaling, such as RRC signaling or MAC signaling, and is not limited herein.

可选的，并不排除其他的控制信道的检测周期与时域和频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，具体的，在此不做限定。其次在case 1下对方式3进行具体的举例说明：Optionally, the correspondence between the detection period of the other control channels and the number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain indication information is not excluded, and is not limited herein. Next, in Case 1, the specific example of Mode 3 is given:

方式3、根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的频域指示信息的bit数。Manner 3: Determine the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel.

针对不同的控制信道的检测周期可以确定控制信息中的频域指示信息的bit数，其中不同的控制信道的检测周期确定的控制信道中的频域指示信息的bit数可以是相同的，也可以是不同的。The number of bits of the frequency domain indication information in the control information may be determined for the detection period of the different control channels, where the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information in the control channel determined by the detection period of the different control channels may be the same, or It is different.

可选的，该频域指示信息的比特数可以是指控制信息中用于指示频域资源的bit数。Optionally, the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information may refer to the number of bits in the control information used to indicate the frequency domain resource.

可选的，根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及所述控制信道的检测周期与频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述频域指示信息的比特数。Optionally, determining the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information according to a detection period of the control channel and a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of the frequency domain indication information.

可选的，当时域信息为频域指示信息时，根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时域资源可以是根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的频域资源。Optionally, when the time domain information is the frequency domain indication information, determining the time domain resource for performing data transmission according to the time domain information may be determining the frequency domain resource used for data transmission according to the time domain information.

可选的，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，基站和/或终端即可根据控制信道的检测周期确定频域指示信息的比特数。示例性地，通过预定义控制信道的检测周期与频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述频域指示信息的比特数。再示例性地，基站通过信令通知终端控制信道的检测周期与频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，终端接收信令，通过该信令确定频域指示信息的比特数。所述信令可以是物理层信令或者高层信令。Optionally, the base station and/or the terminal may determine the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information according to the detection period of the control channel by setting a correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information. Exemplarily, the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information is determined by a correspondence between a detection period of the predefined control channel and a number of bits of the frequency domain indication information. For example, the base station notifies the correspondence between the detection period of the terminal control channel and the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information by signaling, and the terminal receives signaling, and determines the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information by using the signaling. The signaling may be physical layer signaling or higher layer signaling.

可选的，通过控制信道的检测周期与频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述频域指示信息的比特数的方式可以是通过如下实施方式进行。Optionally, the manner of determining the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information by using a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of the frequency domain indication information may be performed by using the following implementation manner.

可选的，可以设置如下的控制信道的检测周期与频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，根据该控制信道的检测周期与频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述频域指示信息的比特数。具体的对应关系可以如下所述：Optionally, the corresponding relationship between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information may be set, and the frequency domain indication is determined according to the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information. The number of bits of information. The specific correspondence can be as follows:

假设当控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，可以对应控制信息中的频域指示信息的bit数为Z1。It is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information in the corresponding control information may be Z1.

假设当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，可以对应控制信息中的频域指示信息的bit数为Z2。It is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information in the corresponding control information may be Z2.

假设当控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，可以对应控制信息中的频域指示信息的bit数为Z3。It is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information in the corresponding control information may be Z3.

其中Z1，Z2，Z3为大于等于0的整数，可以取值相同也可以取值不同，或者其他的bit数也可以，本申请实施例对其不做限定。The Z1, Z2, and Z3 are integers that are greater than or equal to 0, and may be the same value or different values, or other bit numbers may be used, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

可选的，其中当Z1或Z2或Z3等于0时，表明控制信息中可以不用包含时域信息，此时，时域信息可以是预定义的，比如预定义一种频域位置信息等，具体的在此不做限定。或者时域信息是通过高层信令通知的，比如RRC信令或MAC信令等，具体的在此不做限定。Optionally, when Z1 or Z2 or Z3 is equal to 0, it indicates that the time domain information may not be included in the control information. In this case, the time domain information may be predefined, such as pre-defining a frequency domain location information, etc. This is not limited here. The time domain information is notified by the high layer signaling, such as RRC signaling or MAC signaling, and is not limited herein.

可选的，并不排除其他的控制信道的检测周期与频域指示信息的比特数的对应关系，具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the correspondence between the detection period of the other control channels and the number of bits of the frequency domain indication information is not excluded, and is not limited herein.

最后在case 1下对方式4进行具体的举例说明：Finally, in Case 1, the specific example of Mode 4 is given:

方式4、根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息的bit数。Method 4: Determine the number of bits of the control information according to the detection period of the control channel.

针对不同的控制信道的检测周期可以确定控制信息的bit数，其中不同的控制信道的检测周期确定的控制信息的bit数可以是相同的，也可以是不同的。The number of bits of the control information may be determined for the detection period of the different control channels, and the number of bits of the control information determined by the detection period of the different control channels may be the same or different.

可选的，该控制信息的比特数可以是指控制信息包含的bit数。Optionally, the number of bits of the control information may refer to the number of bits included in the control information.

可选的，根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及所述控制信道的检测周期与控制信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述控制信息的比特数。Optionally, the number of bits of the control information is determined according to a detection period of the control channel and a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of control information.

可选的，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与控制信息的比特数的对应关系，基站和/或终端即可根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息的比特数。示例性地，通过预定义控制信道的检测周期与控制信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述控制信息的比特数。再示例性地，基站通过信令为终端配置控制信道的检测周期与控制信息的比特数的对应关系，终端接收信令，根据该信令确定控制信息的比特数。所述信令可以是物理层信令或者高层信令，具体的，不做限定。Optionally, by setting a correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the control information, the base station and/or the terminal may determine the number of bits of the control information according to the detection period of the control channel. Illustratively, the number of bits of the control information is determined by a correspondence between a detection period of a predefined control channel and a number of bits of control information. For example, the base station configures, by signaling, a correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the control information, and the terminal receives the signaling, and determines the number of bits of the control information according to the signaling. The signaling may be physical layer signaling or high layer signaling, and is not limited.

可选的，通过控制信道的检测周期与控制信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述控制信息的比特数的方式可以是通过如下实施方式进行。Optionally, the manner of determining the number of bits of the control information by using a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of the control information may be performed by the following implementation manner.

可选的，可以设置如下的控制信道的检测周期与控制信息的比特数的对应关系，根据该控制信道的检测周期与控制信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述控制信息的比特数。具体的对应关系可以如下所述：Optionally, the following relationship between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the control information may be set, and the number of bits of the control information is determined according to the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the control information. The specific correspondence can be as follows:

假设当控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，可以对应控制信息(比如DCI)的bit数为W1。It is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the number of bits corresponding to control information (such as DCI) can be W1.

假设当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，可以对应控制信息(比如DCI)的bit数为W2。It is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, the number of bits corresponding to control information (such as DCI) can be W2.

假设当控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，可以对应控制信息(比如DCI)的bit数为W3。It is assumed that when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the number of bits corresponding to the control information (such as DCI) is W3.

其中W1，W2，W3为大于等于0的整数，可以取值相同也可以取值不同，或者其他的bit数也可以，本申请实施例对其不做限定。上述实施例中的控制信息(比如DCI)也可以扩展为高层信令中的指示信息的值的取值范围等等，具体的在此不做限定。The W1, W2, and W3 are integers that are greater than or equal to 0, and may be the same value or different values, or other bit numbers may be used, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The control information (such as the DCI) in the foregoing embodiment may be extended to the value range of the value of the indication information in the high-level signaling, and the like, which is not limited herein.

可选的，其中当W1或W2或W3等于0时，表明基站可以不用向终端传输控制信息，此时控制信息可以是预定义的，具体的在此不做限定。或者控制信息是通过高层信令通知的，比如RRC信令或MAC信令等，具体的在此不做限定。Optionally, when W1 or W2 or W3 is equal to 0, it indicates that the base station may not transmit the control information to the terminal, and the control information may be predefined, which is not limited herein. The control information is notified by the high layer signaling, such as RRC signaling or MAC signaling, and is not limited herein.

可选的，并不排除其他的控制信道的检测周期与控制信息的比特数的对应关系，具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the correspondence between the detection period of the other control channels and the number of bits of the control information is not excluded, and is not limited herein.

通过上述实施例一中根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数，可以根据不同的控制信道的检测周期灵活的设计时域信息的bit数，可以降低信令开销，终端根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的bit数，进而接收或者确定时域信息。The number of bits of the time domain information is determined according to the detection period of the control channel in the first embodiment, and the number of bits of the time domain information can be flexibly designed according to the detection period of different control channels, so that the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the terminal according to the control channel The detection period determines the number of bits of the time domain information, and further receives or determines the time domain information.

可选的，在同一控制信道的检测周期下，不同的业务也可以确定不同的时域信道的bit数。其中，上述不同的业务可以是指超可靠低时延业务(urtal reliable low latency communications，URLLC)，移动宽带业务(enhanced mobile broadband，eMBB)等等。Optionally, different services may also determine the number of bits of different time domain channels under the detection period of the same control channel. The above different services may refer to urtal reliable low latency communications (URLLC), mobile broadband broadband (eMBB), and the like.

可选的，根据业务确定时域信息的比特数。不同业务可以是对应相同的时域信息的比特数，也可以是对应不同的时域信息的比特数。该实施例可以是独立的实施例，也可以是与本申请的实施例结合使用，具体的不做限定。可选的，根据业务确定时域信息的比特数可以是根据业务以及业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系确定时域信息的比特数。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information is determined according to the service. The different services may be the number of bits corresponding to the same time domain information, or may be the number of bits corresponding to different time domain information. The embodiment may be an independent embodiment, or may be used in conjunction with the embodiment of the present application, and is not limited in specific terms. Optionally, determining the number of bits of the time domain information according to the service may be determining the number of bits of the time domain information according to the correspondence between the service and the number of bits of the service and the time domain information.

可选的，该时域信息的比特数可以是指上述实施例中的时域信息的比特数的各种情况中的至少一种，具体的，在此不再展开赘述。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information may be at least one of various cases of the number of bits of the time domain information in the foregoing embodiment. Specifically, details are not described herein.

可选的，通过设置业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，基站和/或终端即可根据业务确定时域信息的比特数。本发明中设置可以是指预定义或者配置，具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the base station and/or the terminal may determine the number of bits of the time domain information according to the service by setting a correspondence between the number of bits of the service and the time domain information. The setting in the present invention may be predefined or configured, and is not limited herein.

可选的，通过预定义业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的比特数。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information is determined by a correspondence between a predefined number of bits of the service and the time domain information.

可选的，通过配置业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，确定时域信息的比特数。具体的，可以是基站通过信令告知终端业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系。所述信令可以是物理层信令或者高层信令，具体的，不做限定。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information is determined by configuring a correspondence between the number of bits of the service and the time domain information. Specifically, the base station may notify the correspondence between the terminal service and the number of bits of the time domain information by signaling. The signaling may be physical layer signaling or high layer signaling, and is not limited.

可选的，通过业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的比特数的方式可以是通过如下实施方式进行。Optionally, the manner of determining the number of bits of the time domain information by using the correspondence between the number of bits of the service and the time domain information may be performed by using the following implementation manner.

可选的，可以设置如下的业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，根据该业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的比特数。具体的对应关系可以如下所述：Optionally, the correspondence between the number of bits of the service and the time domain information may be set, and the number of bits of the time domain information is determined according to the correspondence between the service and the number of bits of the time domain information. The specific correspondence can be as follows:

比如，如果业务是URLLC可以假设时域信息的比特数为T1。T1为大于等于0的整数。For example, if the service is a URLLC, the number of bits of the time domain information can be assumed to be T1. T1 is an integer greater than or equal to zero.

比如，如果业务是eMBB可以假设时域信息的比特数为T2。T2为大于等于0的整数。For example, if the service is eMBB, the number of bits of the time domain information can be assumed to be T2. T2 is an integer greater than or equal to zero.

其中T1，T2为大于等于0的整数，可以取值相同也可以取值不同，或者其他的bit数也可以，本申请实施例对其不做限定。The T1 and T2 are integers that are greater than or equal to 0, and may be the same value or different values, or other bit numbers may be used.

可选的，其中当T1或T2等于0时，表明基站可以不用向终端传输时域信息，此时，时域信息可以是预定义的，具体的在此不做限定。或者时域信息是通过高层信令通知的，比如RRC信令或MAC信令等，具体的在此不做限定。Optionally, when T1 or T2 is equal to 0, it indicates that the base station may not transmit the time domain information to the terminal. In this case, the time domain information may be predefined, and is not limited herein. The time domain information is notified by the high layer signaling, such as RRC signaling or MAC signaling, and is not limited herein.

可选的，并不排除其他的业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the correspondence between the number of bits of the other services and the time domain information is not excluded, and is not limited herein.

可选的，根据控制信道的检测周期和业务确定时域信息的比特数。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information is determined according to a detection period of the control channel and a service.

可选的，根据控制信道的检测周期和业务确定时域信息的比特数可以是根据控制信道的检测周期和业务以及控制信道的检测周期和业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系确定时域信息的比特数。Optionally, determining the number of bits of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel and the service may be determining the time domain according to the detection period of the control channel and the correspondence between the detection period of the service and the control channel and the number of bits of the service and the time domain information. The number of bits of information.

不同业务可以是相同的比特数，也可以是不同的比特数。该实施例可以是独立的实施例，也可以是与本申请的实施例结合使用，具体的不做限定。Different services may be the same number of bits or different numbers of bits. The embodiment may be an independent embodiment, or may be used in conjunction with the embodiment of the present application, and is not limited in specific terms.

可选的，通过设置控制信道的检测周期和业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，基站和/或终端即可根据控制信道的检测周期和业务确定时域信息的比特数。本发明中设置可以是指预定义或者配置，具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the base station and/or the terminal may determine the number of bits of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel and the service by setting a correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the service and the time domain information. The setting in the present invention may be predefined or configured, and is not limited herein.

可选的，通过预定义控制信道的检测周期和业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的比特数。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information is determined by a correspondence between a detection period of the predefined control channel and a number of bits of the service and the time domain information.

可选的，通过配置控制信道的检测周期和业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，确定时域信息的比特数。具体的，可以是基站通过信令告知终端业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系。所述信令可以是物理层信令或者高层信令，具体的，不做限定。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information is determined by configuring a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of the service and the time domain information. Specifically, the base station may notify the correspondence between the terminal service and the number of bits of the time domain information by signaling. The signaling may be physical layer signaling or high layer signaling, and is not limited.

可选的，通过控制信道的检测周期和业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的比特数的方式可以是通过如下实施方式进行。Optionally, the manner of determining the number of bits of the time domain information by using a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of the service and the time domain information may be performed by the following implementation manner.

可选的，可以设置如下的控制信道的检测周期和业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，根据该控制信道的检测周期和业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的比特数。具体的对应关系可以如下所述：Optionally, the following may be configured to determine a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of the service and the time domain information, and determine the time according to the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the service and the time domain information. The number of bits of the domain information. The specific correspondence can be as follows:

比如，如果控制信道的检测周期为2个符号且业务为URLLC时，可以对应时域信息的比特数为S1。S1为大于等于0的整数。For example, if the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols and the service is URLLC, the number of bits corresponding to the time domain information is S1. S1 is an integer greater than or equal to zero.

比如，如果控制信道的检测周期为2个符号且业务为eMBB时，可以对应时域信息的比特数为S2。S2为大于等于0的整数。For example, if the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols and the service is eMBB, the number of bits corresponding to the time domain information is S2. S2 is an integer greater than or equal to zero.

比如，如果控制信道的检测周期为7个符号且业务为URLLC时，可以对应时域信息的比特数为S3。S3为大于等于0的整数。For example, if the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols and the service is URLLC, the number of bits that can correspond to the time domain information is S3. S3 is an integer greater than or equal to zero.

比如，如果控制信道的检测周期为7个符号且业务为eMBB时，可以对应时域信息的比特数为S4。S4为大于等于0的整数。For example, if the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols and the service is eMBB, the number of bits that can correspond to the time domain information is S4. S4 is an integer greater than or equal to zero.

比如，如果控制信道的检测周期为14个符号且业务为URLLC时，可以对应时域信息的比特数为S5。S5为大于等于0的整数。For example, if the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols and the service is URLLC, the number of bits corresponding to the time domain information is S5. S5 is an integer greater than or equal to zero.

比如，如果控制信道的检测周期为14个符号且业务为eMBB时，可以对应时域信息的比特数为S6。S6为大于等于0的整数。For example, if the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols and the service is eMBB, the number of bits that can correspond to the time domain information is S6. S6 is an integer greater than or equal to zero.

其中S1，S2，S3，S4，S5，S6为大于等于0的整数，可以取值相同也可以取值不同，或者其他的bit数也可以，本申请实施例对其不做限定。S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, and S6 are integers greater than or equal to 0, and may be the same value or different values, or other bit numbers may be used, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

可选的，其中当S1或S2或S3或S4或S5或S6等于0时，表明基站可以不用向终端传输时域信息，此时，时域信息可以是预定义的，具体的在此不做限定。或者时域信息是通过高层信令通知的，比如RRC信令或MAC信令等，具体的在此不做限定。Optionally, when S1 or S2 or S3 or S4 or S5 or S6 is equal to 0, it indicates that the base station may not transmit time domain information to the terminal. In this case, the time domain information may be predefined, and the specific information is not performed here. limited. The time domain information is notified by the high layer signaling, such as RRC signaling or MAC signaling, and is not limited herein.

可选的，并不排除其他的控制信道的检测周期和业务与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the correspondence between the detection period of the other control channels and the number of bits of the service and the time domain information is not excluded, and is not limited herein.

可选的，当终端获取时域信息的bit数后，可以加上控制信息中其他已知的信息的比特数(或比特长度)，进而可以确定该控制信息的bit数，根据控制信息(比如DCI)的bit数接收控制信息，在接收控制信息后，读取控制信息中数据的调度信息，进而获得控制信息中的时域信息。Optionally, after the terminal obtains the number of bits of the time domain information, the number of bits (or the bit length) of other known information in the control information may be added, and then the number of bits of the control information may be determined according to the control information (for example, The number of bits of the DCI) receives the control information, and after receiving the control information, reads the scheduling information of the data in the control information, and further obtains the time domain information in the control information.

可选的，时域信息可以是控制信息中相关的信息域的bit数，控制信息中相关的信息域可以是用于指示数据调度的资源的信息，本申请对其不做限定。Optionally, the time domain information may be the number of bits of the information field in the control information, and the related information field in the control information may be information used to indicate the data scheduling resource, which is not limited in this application.

实施例二、根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息。Embodiment 2: Determine information indicated by time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel.

可选的，终端和/或基站根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及所述控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息的对应关系，确定所述时域信息指示的信息。Optionally, the terminal and/or the base station determines the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel and the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information.

可选的，时域信息可以是指示进行数据传输的时域信息、频域信息或者时域和频域信息等相关信息的信息，本申请对其不做限定。Optionally, the time domain information may be information indicating time domain information, frequency domain information, or time domain and frequency domain information for performing data transmission, which is not limited in this application.

其中，时域信息指示的信息也可以称为时域信息的bit含义。The information indicated by the time domain information may also be referred to as the bit meaning of the time domain information.

可选的，时域信息指示的信息，可以是指具体指示的信息。比如时域信息指示的信息可以是数据信道的起始位置，终止位置，时域长度或个数的含义中的至少一项等等。Optionally, the information indicated by the time domain information may refer to the specifically indicated information. For example, the information indicated by the time domain information may be at least one of a starting position, a terminating position, a length of the time domain or a number of the data channel, and the like.

可选的，起始位置的含义可以是指起始符号在slot中的位置，起始符号与PDCCH检测的符号的位置关系中的至少一项。起始位置也可以称为时域起始位置。Optionally, the meaning of the starting position may be at least one of a position of the start symbol in the slot, and a positional relationship between the start symbol and the symbol detected by the PDCCH. The starting position can also be referred to as the time domain starting position.

可选的，数据信道的时域起始位置的含义可以是指数据信道的时域起始位置在第一时间单元中的时域位置，比如数据信道的时域起始位置在slot中符号位置，即可以是数据信道的起始符号在slot中的位置，比如起始符号是在slot中的第几个符号或者slot中的倒数第几个符号。Optionally, the meaning of the start time position of the data channel may refer to a time domain position of the time domain start position of the data channel in the first time unit, such as a symbol position in the slot of the time domain start position of the data channel. That is, it may be the position of the start symbol of the data channel in the slot, for example, the start symbol is the first symbol in the slot or the last symbol in the slot.

可选的，数据信道的时域起始位置可以是指数据信道的时域资源位置与控制信道检测的时域资源的位置关系。比如数据信道的时域起始位置可以是控制信道检测的符号之后的某个符号。比如数据信道的时域起始位置可以是控制信道检测的符号。Optionally, the time domain start position of the data channel may refer to a location relationship between a time domain resource location of the data channel and a time domain resource detected by the control channel. For example, the time domain start position of the data channel may be a symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel. For example, the time domain start position of the data channel may be a symbol for control channel detection.

可选的，终止位置的含义可以是指终止符号在slot中的位置，终止符号与PDCCH检测的符号的位置关系，终止符号与起始符号的位置关系中的至少一项。终止位置也可以称为时域终止位置。Optionally, the meaning of the termination location may refer to at least one of a position of the termination symbol in the slot, a positional relationship between the termination symbol and the PDCCH detected symbol, and a positional relationship between the termination symbol and the start symbol. The termination location may also be referred to as a time domain termination location.

可选的，数据信道的时域终止位置的含义可以是指数据信道的时域终止位置在第一时间单元中的时域位置，比如数据信道的时域终止位置在slot中的符号位置，即可以是数据信道的终止符号在slot中的位置比如终止符号是在slot的第几个符号或者slot的倒数第几个符号。Optionally, the meaning of the time domain termination location of the data channel may refer to a time domain location of the time domain termination location of the data channel in the first time unit, such as a symbol location of the time domain termination location of the data channel in the slot, ie It may be that the position of the termination symbol of the data channel in the slot, such as the termination symbol, is the first symbol of the slot or the inverse of the first symbol of the slot.

可选的，数据信道的时域终止位置可以是指数据信道的终止时域资源位置与控制信道检测的时域资源的位置关系。比如数据信道的时域终止位置可以是控制信道检测的符号之后的某个符号。Optionally, the time domain termination location of the data channel may refer to a location relationship between a terminating time domain resource location of the data channel and a time domain resource detected by the control channel. For example, the time domain end position of the data channel may be a symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel.

可选的，数据信道的时域终止位置可以是指数据信道的时域终止位置与时域起始位置的位置关系。比如数据信道的时域终止位置可以是时域起始位置之后的某个符号。Optionally, the time domain termination location of the data channel may refer to a location relationship between a time domain termination location of the data channel and a time domain start location. For example, the time domain termination position of the data channel may be a symbol after the start of the time domain.

可选的，时域长度或个数可以指示时域的持续时间长度。Optionally, the length or number of time domains may indicate the duration of the time domain.

可选的，指示时域起始位置，时域终止位置或时域长度所使用的时间单元可以是无线帧，子帧，时隙，微时隙，符号等时间单元。Optionally, the time unit used to indicate the time domain start position, the time domain end position or the time domain length may be a time unit such as a radio frame, a subframe, a time slot, a micro slot, and a symbol.

具体的，起始位置(starting)的含义可以表示数据信道开始的位置，比如可以是数据信道在第一时间单元中的起始第二时间单元的位置，具体的，比如可以是数据信道在slot中的起始符号的位置。例如起始位置0代表slot的符号0，即数据信道的时域资源是从slot的符号0开始，即从slot的第一个符号开始进行数据传输；起始位置1代表slot的符号1，即数据信道的时域资源是从slot的符号1开始，即数据信道的时域资源是从slot的第二个符号开始，以此类推，本申请不其不做限定。Specifically, the meaning of the starting position may indicate the location of the start of the data channel, such as the location of the starting second time unit of the data channel in the first time unit, specifically, for example, the data channel may be in the slot. The position of the starting symbol in . For example, the starting position 0 represents the symbol 0 of the slot, that is, the time domain resource of the data channel starts from the symbol 0 of the slot, that is, the data transmission starts from the first symbol of the slot; the starting position 1 represents the symbol 1 of the slot, that is, The time domain resource of the data channel starts from the symbol 1 of the slot, that is, the time domain resource of the data channel starts from the second symbol of the slot, and so on, which is not limited in this application.

可选的，上述时域起始位置的含义仅是举例，其他的时域起始位置的含义并不排除。Optionally, the meaning of the start position of the above time domain is only an example, and the meanings of other start positions of the time domain are not excluded.

其中第一时间单元可以是无线帧，子帧，时隙，微时隙，符号等。第二时间单元可以是无线帧，子帧，时隙，微时隙，符号等。时间单元是指用于数据调度的时域上的基本单元。示例性地，第一时间单元可以包含一个或者多个第二时间单元。The first time unit may be a radio frame, a subframe, a time slot, a minislot, a symbol, or the like. The second time unit may be a radio frame, a subframe, a time slot, a minislot, a symbol, or the like. The time unit refers to the basic unit in the time domain for data scheduling. Illustratively, the first time unit can include one or more second time units.

可选的，starting的含义也可以表示控制信道或者传输终端的数据信道之外的其他信道/信号占用的符号数，例如起始位置0代表控制信道占用的符号个数为0，则数据信道是从slot的第一个符号开始进行传输和/或映射；起始位置1代表控制信道占用的符号个数为1，则数据信道是从slot的第二个符号开始进行传输和/或映射，以此类推，本申请不其不做限定。Optionally, the meaning of starting may also indicate the number of symbols occupied by other channels/signals outside the data channel of the control channel or the transmission terminal. For example, the starting position 0 represents that the number of symbols occupied by the control channel is 0, then the data channel is The transmission and/or mapping is started from the first symbol of the slot; the starting position 1 represents that the number of symbols occupied by the control channel is 1, and the data channel is transmitted and/or mapped from the second symbol of the slot to Such a push is not limited in this application.

可选的，starting的含义还可以表示控制信道之后数据信道开始的符号位置，例如起始位置0代表控制信道之后的第0个符号之后为数据信道，则数据信道是从控制信道之后的第一个符号开始进行传输和/或映射或者数据信道是从控制信道所在的符号开始传输；起始位置1代表控制信道之后的第1个符号之后为数据信道，则数据信道是从控制信道之后的第二个符号开始进行传输和/或映射或者数据信道是从控制信道所在的符号之后的第一个符号开始传输，以此类推，本申请对其不做限定。其中，控制信道的位置可以是通过高层信令配置的或者可以是指终端检测到控制信道的符号位置。Optionally, the meaning of starting may also indicate the symbol position of the start of the data channel after the control channel. For example, the starting position 0 represents the 0th symbol after the control channel and is the data channel, and the data channel is the first after the control channel. The symbols start to transmit and/or map or the data channel starts from the symbol where the control channel is located; the starting position 1 represents the data channel after the first symbol after the control channel, and the data channel is after the control channel. The two symbols start to transmit and/or map or the data channel is transmitted from the first symbol after the symbol in which the control channel is located, and so on, which is not limited in this application. The location of the control channel may be configured by higher layer signaling or may refer to a symbol location where the terminal detects the control channel.

可选的，终止位置(ending)的含义表示数据信道结束的位置，比如可以是数据信道在第一时间单元中的终止第二时间单元的位置，具体的，比如可以是数据信道在slot中的终止符号的位置。例如终止位置0代表slot中的最后一个符号，即数据信道的结束符号为slot中的最后一个符号，即数据信道传输的符号包括slot的最后一个符号；终止位置-1代表slot中的倒数第一个符号，即slot的倒数第一个符号不用于数据传输，即数据信道传输的符号不包括slot的最后一个符号；终止位置-2代表slot的倒数第二个符号，即数据信道的符号不包括slot的倒数第二个符号以及slot中的之后的符号，即slot中的倒数第二个符号以及slot中的之后的符号不用于数据传输，即数据信道传输的符号不包括最后一个符号以及倒数第二个符号；以此类推，本申请对其不做限定。Optionally, the meaning of the termination indicates the location of the end of the data channel, such as the location of the second time unit of the data channel in the first time unit. Specifically, for example, the data channel may be in the slot. The position of the termination symbol. For example, the end position 0 represents the last symbol in the slot, that is, the end symbol of the data channel is the last symbol in the slot, that is, the symbol transmitted by the data channel includes the last symbol of the slot; the end position -1 represents the reciprocal first in the slot. The symbol, that is, the first symbol of the last of the slot, is not used for data transmission, that is, the symbol transmitted by the data channel does not include the last symbol of the slot; the end position -2 represents the penultimate symbol of the slot, that is, the symbol of the data channel does not include The penultimate symbol of the slot and the subsequent symbols in the slot, that is, the penultimate symbol in the slot and the subsequent symbols in the slot are not used for data transmission, that is, the symbols transmitted by the data channel do not include the last symbol and the last number Two symbols; and so on, the application does not limit it.

可选的，ending的含义还可以表示控制信道之后数据信道结束的符号位置，例如终止位置1代表控制信道之后的第1个符号为数据信道的终止符号，则数据信道的终止位置是控制信道之后的第一个符号；终止位置2代表控制信道之后的第2个符号为数据信道的终止符号，则数据信道的终止位置是控制信道之后的第二个符号，以此类推，本申请对其不做限定。其中，控制信道的位置可以是通过高层信令配置的或者可以是指终端检测到控制信道的符号位置。Optionally, the meaning of the ending may also indicate the symbol position of the end of the data channel after the control channel. For example, the termination position 1 represents that the first symbol after the control channel is the termination symbol of the data channel, and the termination position of the data channel is after the control channel. The first symbol; the end position 2 represents the second symbol after the control channel is the termination symbol of the data channel, then the termination position of the data channel is the second symbol after the control channel, and so on, the application does not Make a limit. The location of the control channel may be configured by higher layer signaling or may refer to a symbol location where the terminal detects the control channel.

可选的，ending的含义还可以表示数据信道的时域终止位置与时域起始位置的位置关系，例如终止位置1代表时域起始位置之后的第1个符号为数据信道的时域终止位置；终止位置2代表时域起始位置之后的第2个符号为数据信道的时域终止位置，以此类推，本申请对其不做限定。其中，时域起始位置可以是预定义的，或通过高层信令配置的或通过物理层信令配置的。Optionally, the meaning of the ending may also indicate a positional relationship between the time domain end position of the data channel and the start time of the time domain. For example, the termination symbol 1 represents the first symbol after the start of the time domain is the time domain termination of the data channel. The second symbol after the termination position 2 represents the start of the time domain is the time domain termination position of the data channel, and so on, which is not limited in the present application. The time domain start location may be predefined, or configured by higher layer signaling or configured by physical layer signaling.

可选的，上述时域终止位置的含义仅是举例，其他的时域起始位置的含义并不排除。Optionally, the meaning of the foregoing time domain termination position is only an example, and the meanings of other time domain start positions are not excluded.

可选的，starting的取值和ending的取值可以相同，也可以不同。例如stating是0，1，2，3，ending是0，1，2；或者starting是1，2，ending是0，1，2；或者stating是0，1，2，ending是1，2，或者ending是0，-1，-2，等等。starting的取值范围和ending的取值范围可以是协议预定义的，也可以是通过信令通知的，例如高层信令或者物理层信令通知的。在相同的情况下，可以一个信令指示starting的取值范围和ending的取值范围；也可以是不同的信令指示。Optionally, the value of the starting and the value of the ending may be the same or different. For example, reporting is 0, 1, 2, 3, ending is 0, 1, 2; or starting is 1, 2, ending is 0, 1, 2; or reporting is 0, 1, 2, ending is 1, 2, or The ending is 0, -1, -2, and so on. The value range of the starting range and the value range of the starting range may be predefined by the protocol, or may be notified by signaling, such as high layer signaling or physical layer signaling. In the same case, one signaling may indicate the value range of starting and the range of value of ending; or may be different signaling indications.

可选的，ending的含义可以是指终止位置与起始位置的关系，也可以是指终止位置与检测到的控制信道的位置的关系，等等。具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the meaning of ending may refer to the relationship between the termination location and the starting location, or the relationship between the termination location and the detected location of the control channel, and the like. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

可选的，时域长度或个数可以指示时域的持续时间长度。比如时域长度可以是第一时间单元的个数。其中，第一时间单元可以是无线帧，子帧，时隙，微时隙，符号等时间单元。比如时域长度可以是符号个数或者时隙个数等等。Optionally, the length or number of time domains may indicate the duration of the time domain. For example, the time domain length can be the number of first time units. The first time unit may be a time unit such as a radio frame, a subframe, a time slot, a micro slot, and a symbol. For example, the length of the time domain can be the number of symbols or the number of time slots, and so on.

可选的，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息可以是指根据控制信道的检测周期确定数据信道的起始位置的含义和/或数据信道的终止位置的含义和/或时域长度的含义。Optionally, determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel may refer to determining a meaning of a start position of the data channel and/or a meaning of a termination position of the data channel according to a detection period of the control channel and/or a time domain. The meaning of length.

可选的，根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及所述控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息的对应关系，确定所述时域信息指示的信息。Optionally, the information indicated by the time domain information is determined according to a detection period of the control channel and a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and information indicated by the time domain information.

通过该方法，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息的对应关系，可以简化所述时域信息的设计。By this method, the design of the time domain information can be simplified by setting the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information.

可选的，本发明中设置可以是指预定义或者配置，具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the setting in the present invention may be predefined or configured, and is not limited herein.

可选的，通过预定义控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息的对应关系，确定时域信息指示的信息。Optionally, the information indicated by the time domain information is determined by a correspondence between a detection period of the predefined control channel and information indicated by the time domain information.

可选的，通过配置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息的对应关系，确定时域信息指示的信息。具体的，可以是基站通过信令告知终端控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示信息的对应关系。所述信令可以是物理层信令或者高层信令，具体的，不做限定。Optionally, the information indicated by the time domain information is determined by configuring a correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information. Specifically, the base station may notify the correspondence between the detection period of the terminal control channel and the time domain information indication information by signaling. The signaling may be physical layer signaling or high layer signaling, and is not limited.

可选的，通过控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息的对应关系，确定所述时域信息指示的信息的方式可以是通过如下实施方式进行。Optionally, the manner of determining the information indicated by the time domain information by using the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information may be performed by the following implementation manner.

比如当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，数据信道的起始位置的含义为数据信道在第一时间单元中的起始第二时间单元的位置和/或数据信道的终止位置的含义为数据信道在第一时间单元中的终止第二时间单元的位置和/或数据信道的时域长度的含义为第一时间单元的个数。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, the meaning of the start position of the data channel is the position of the start second time unit of the data channel in the first time unit and/or the end position of the data channel. The termination of the data channel in the first time unit The location of the second time unit and/or the time domain length of the data channel means the number of first time units.

比如当控制信的检测周期为2个符号时，数据信道的起始位置的含义为控制信道之后数据信道开始的符号位置和/或数据信道的终止位置的含义为终止位置与起始位置的位置关系和/或数据信道的时域长度的含义为第二时间单元的个数。For example, when the detection period of the control signal is 2 symbols, the meaning of the start position of the data channel is the position of the symbol at the beginning of the data channel after the control channel and/or the end position of the data channel is the position of the end position and the start position. The meaning of the time domain length of the relationship and/or data channel is the number of second time units.

可选的，本发明中的控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息的对应关系仅是举例，其他的对应关系并不排除。具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information in the present invention is only an example, and other correspondences are not excluded. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

可选的，基于不同的控制信道的检测周期，可以独立确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息。示例性的，基于不同的控制信道的检测周期，时域信息的比特数可以相同，但时域信息指示的信息可以独立确定；或者时域信息的比特数也可以不同，时域信息指示的信息可以独立确定。Optionally, based on detection periods of different control channels, the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information may be independently determined. Exemplarily, based on different detection periods of the control channel, the number of bits of the time domain information may be the same, but the information indicated by the time domain information may be determined independently; or the number of bits of the time domain information may be different, and the information indicated by the time domain information may be different. Can be determined independently.

可选的，时域信息的比特含义也可以用表格表示。根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特含义可以是指根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中指示时域信息所用的表格。具体的，在此不做限定。所述表格用于指示数据信道的时域信息。比如可以通过指示表格中的索引或标识来指示时域信息。Optionally, the bit meaning of the time domain information may also be represented in a table. Determining the bit meaning of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel may refer to determining a table for indicating the time domain information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel. Specifically, it is not limited herein. The table is used to indicate time domain information of the data channel. For example, the time domain information can be indicated by an index or an identifier in the indication form.

可选的，时域信息的比特含义也可以是指起始位置和终止位置的组合的解释，起始位置和时域长度的组合的解释，终止位置和时域长度的组合的解释等中的至少一项。Optionally, the bit meaning of the time domain information may also be an interpretation of a combination of a start location and a termination location, an interpretation of a combination of a start location and a time domain length, an interpretation of a combination of a termination location and a time domain length, and the like. At least one.

可选的，时域信息的比特含义也可以是指数据信道的时频资源的图案(pattern)的解释。Optionally, the bit meaning of the time domain information may also refer to an interpretation of a pattern of time-frequency resources of the data channel.

举例说明：在各种控制信道的检测周期下，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数为3bit，但3bit对应的pattern和/或时域资源和/或指示信息组合的解释不同。For example, in the detection period of various control channels, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information is 3 bits, but the interpretation of the pattern and/or the time domain resource and/or the combination of the indication information corresponding to the 3 bits is different.

例1，当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，3bit时域信息对应的解释如下：由于控制信道的检测周期为14个符号，对应的数据包比较大，需要更多的符号传输数据。此时，数据信道所占的时域资源(比如符号)可以是比较多，例如可以是数据信道的起始符号的位置在slot的相对靠前的位置，数据信道的终止符号的位置在slot相对靠后的位置，如表1所示，数据信道的时域信息可以对应8种pattern和/或时域资源和/或指示信息组合，以下以pattern举例说明，时域资源和/或指示信息组合类似，具体的不再赘述。Example 1, when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, the interpretation of the 3-bit time domain information is as follows: Since the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, the corresponding data packet is relatively large, and more symbols are needed to transmit data. At this time, the time domain resources (such as symbols) occupied by the data channel may be relatively large, for example, the position of the start symbol of the data channel may be at a relatively front position of the slot, and the position of the end symbol of the data channel may be relative to the slot. In the latter position, as shown in Table 1, the time domain information of the data channel may correspond to eight kinds of pattern and/or time domain resources and/or indication information combinations. The following is an example of pattern, time domain resources and/or combination of indication information. Similar, the specifics are not repeated here.

以pattern为例，即每个标识index对应一种pattern。表1仅是举例，其他的pattern和/或其他的标识index和/或其他的pattern与标识的对应关系并不排除，具体的，在此不做限定。Take pattern as an example, that is, each identifier index corresponds to a pattern. Table 1 is only an example. The correspondence between other patterns and/or other identifiers and/or other patterns and identifiers is not excluded. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

比如，pattern 1为starting的位置为1，ending的位置为0；pattern 2为starting的位置为1，ending的位置为-1；所述数字1、0、-1表达的意义与上述实施例中的相同，以此类推，其中，pattern可以是指数据信道所占的时频资源位置。举例说明，如果数据信道的起始位置的含义为数据信道在第一时间单元中的起始第二时间单元的位置，数据信道的终止位置的含义为数据信道在第一时间单元中的终止第二时间单元的位置，则pattern 1为starting的位置为1，ending的位置为0，即表明数据信道是从该slot的第一个符号开始传输，直到该slot的最后一个slot。For example, the pattern 1 is starting position 1 and the ending position is 0; pattern 2 is starting position 1 and ending position is -1; the meaning of the

numbers

1, 0, -1 is the same as in the above embodiment. The same, and so on, where pattern can refer to the time-frequency resource location occupied by the data channel. For example, if the meaning of the starting position of the data channel is the location of the starting second time unit of the data channel in the first time unit, the meaning of the terminating position of the data channel is the termination of the data channel in the first time unit. The position of the second time unit, the pattern 1 is starting position 1 and the ending position is 0, which means that the data channel is transmitted from the first symbol of the slot until the last slot of the slot.

表1Table 1

IndexIndex	startingStarting	endingEnding
00	11	00
11	11	-1-1

22	11	-2-2
33	22	00
44	22	-1-1
55	22	-2-2
66	33	00
77	33	-1-1

例2、当控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，3bit对应的解释如下，由于控制信道的检测周期为7个符号，可以是对应的数据包一般大，即需要相对较少的符号传输数据。此时，数据信道所占的时域资源(比如符号)可以是相对较少，例如可以是起始符号的位置在slot的中间的位置，终止符号的位置在slot中间的位置。如表2所示，有8种pattern和/或时域资源和/或指示信息组合，以下以pattern举例说明，时域资源和/或指示信息组合类似，具体的不再赘述。Example 2: When the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the interpretation of the 3-bit correspondence is as follows. Since the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the corresponding data packet is generally large, that is, a relatively small number of symbols are required to transmit data. . At this time, the time domain resource (such as a symbol) occupied by the data channel may be relatively small, for example, the position of the start symbol is in the middle of the slot, and the position of the termination symbol is in the middle of the slot. As shown in Table 2, there are eight kinds of pattern and/or time domain resources and/or combination of indication information. The following is illustrated by a pattern. The combination of time domain resources and/or indication information is similar, and details are not described herein.

以pattern为例，即每个标识index对应一种pattern。表2仅是举例，其他的pattern和/或其他的标识index和/或其他的pattern与标识的对应关系并不排除，具体的，在此不做限定。Take pattern as an example, that is, each identifier index corresponds to a pattern. Table 2 is only an example. The correspondence between other patterns and/or other identifiers and/or other patterns and identifiers is not excluded. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

numbers

表2Table 2

IndexIndex	startingStarting	endingEnding
00	11	00
11	11	-1-1
22	11	-3-3
33	11	-5-5
44	33	00
55	33	-1-1
66	33	-3-3
77	33	-5-5

例3、当控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，3bit对应的解释如下，由于控制信道的检测周期为2个符号，可以是对应的数据包比较小，即需要更少的符号传输数据。此时，数据信道所占的时域资源(比如符号)可以是比较少，例如可以是起始符号的位置在slot的中间的位置，终止符号的位置在slot中间的位置。如表3所示，有8种pattern和/或时域资源和/或指示信息组合，以下以pattern举例说明，时域资源和/或指示信息组合类似，具体的不再赘述。Example 3: When the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the interpretation of the 3-bit correspondence is as follows. Since the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the corresponding data packet may be relatively small, that is, less symbol transmission data is required. At this time, the time domain resource (such as a symbol) occupied by the data channel may be relatively small, for example, the position of the start symbol may be in the middle of the slot, and the position of the terminating symbol may be in the middle of the slot. As shown in Table 3, there are 8 kinds of pattern and/or time domain resources and/or indication information combinations. The following is illustrated by a pattern. The time domain resources and/or the indication information combination are similar, and details are not described herein again.

以pattern为例，即每个标识index对应一种pattern。表3仅是举例，其他的pattern和/或其他的标识index和/或其他的pattern与标识的对应关系并不排除，具体的，在此不做限定。Take pattern as an example, that is, each identifier index corresponds to a pattern. Table 3 is only an example. The correspondence between other patterns and/or other identifiers and/or other patterns and identifiers is not excluded. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

numbers

表3table 3

IndexIndex	startingStarting	endingEnding
00	11	00
11	11	-2-2
22	33	00
33	33	-2-2
44	55	00
55	55	-2-2
66	77	00
77	77	-2-2

可选的，本发明中的控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特含义的对应关系仅是举例，其他的对应关系并不排除。具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the bit meaning of the time domain information in the present invention is only an example, and other correspondences are not excluded. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

可选的，在本申请实施例中，时域信息可以用于指示起始和长度指示(start and length indicator，SLIV)。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the time domain information may be used to indicate a start and length indicator (SLIV).

在本申请实施例中，SLIV用于确定数据信道的时域起始位置和时域长度。示例性地，数据信道的时域起始位置start可以是数据信道的起始第四时间单元的标识，数据信道的时域长度Length可以是为数据信道分配的连续的第四时间单元的个数，或者数据信道的时域长度Length可以是数据信道所在的连续的第四时间单元的个数。其中，数据信道的起始第四时间单元的标识可以是数据信道的起始第四时间单元在第五时间单元中的标识，第五时间单元中可以包括N_1个第四时间单元，在第五时间单元中该 N_1个第四时间单元的标识可以分别为0至N_1-1。可以根据start和Length确定SLIV。In the embodiment of the present application, the SLIV is used to determine the time domain start position and the time domain length of the data channel. Illustratively, the time domain start position start of the data channel may be the identity of the first fourth time unit of the data channel, and the time domain length of the data channel may be the number of consecutive fourth time units allocated for the data channel. Or, the time domain length of the data channel Length may be the number of consecutive fourth time units in which the data channel is located. The identifier of the first fourth time unit of the data channel may be an identifier of the first fourth time unit of the data channel in the fifth time unit, and the fifth time unit may include N_1 fourth time units, in the fifth The identifiers of the N_1 fourth time units in the time unit may be 0 to N_1-1, respectively. SLIV can be determined based on start and Length.

示例性地，Illustratively,

如果(Length-1)≤N_2，则If (Length-1) ≤ N_2, then

SLIV＝N_1×(Length-1)+start，SLIV=N_1×(Length-1)+start,

否则otherwise

SLIV＝N_1×(N_1-Length+1)+(N_1-1-start)，SLIV=N_1×(N_1-Length+1)+(N_1-1-start),

其中，N_2可以等于

或N_1/2。start和Length为整数，start的取值范围可以为0至N_1-1，Length的取值范围可以为1至N_1-start。N_2的取值可以是协议预定义的，或者是基站通过信令通知的，具体的，在此不做限定。 Where N_2 can be equal to

Or N_1/2. Start and Length are integers. The value of start ranges from 0 to N_1-1. The value of Length ranges from 1 to N_1-start. The value of the N_2 may be predefined by the protocol, or may be notified by the base station by using a signaling, and is not limited herein.

再示例性地，Again, by way of example,

如果(Length-1)＜N_2，则If (Length-1) < N_2, then

SLIV＝N_1×(Length-1)+start，SLIV=N_1×(Length-1)+start,

否则otherwise

其中，N_2可以等于

示例性地，以第四时间单元是符号，第五时间单元是时隙，一个时隙中包括14个符号为例，Exemplarily, the fourth time unit is a symbol, the fifth time unit is a time slot, and one time slot includes 14 symbols as an example.

如果(Length-1)≤7，则If (Length-1) ≤ 7, then

SLIV＝14×(Length-1)+start，SLIV=14×(Length-1)+start,

否则otherwise

SLIV＝14×(14-Length+1)+(14-1-start)，SLIV=14×(14-Length+1)+(14-1-start),

其中0<Length≤14-start。根据该示例，表10(a)所示为Length、start以及根据Length和start确定的SLIV值的示例。Where 0<Length≤14-start. According to this example, Table 10(a) shows examples of Length, start, and SLIV values determined according to Length and start.

表10(a)Table 10 (a)

Length Length	startStart		SLIVSLIV
11	0至130 to 13	0至130 to 13
22	0至120 to 12	14至2614 to 26
33	0至110 to 11	28至3928 to 39
44	0至100 to 10	42至5242 to 52
55	0至90 to 9	56至6556 to 65
66	0至80 to 8	70至7870 to 78
77	0至70 to 7	84至9184 to 91
88	0至60 to 6	98至10498 to 104

99	0至50 to 5	92至9792 to 97
1010	0至40 to 4	79至8379 to 83
1111	0至30 to 3	66至6966 to 69
1212	0至20 to 2	53至5553 to 55
1313	0至10 to 1	40至4140 to 41
1414	00	2727

再示例性地，以第四时间单元是符号，第五时间单元是时隙，一个时隙中包括14个符号为例，To be exemplarily, the fourth time unit is a symbol, the fifth time unit is a time slot, and one time slot includes 14 symbols as an example.

如果(Length-1)＜7，则If (Length-1) < 7, then

SLIV＝14×(Length-1)+start，SLIV=14×(Length-1)+start,

否则otherwise

SLIV＝14×(14-Length+1)+(14-1-start)，SLIV=14×(14-Length+1)+(14-1-start),

其中0<Length≤14-start。根据该示例，表10(b)所示为Length、start以及根据Length和start确定的SLIV值的示例。在本申请实施例提供的方法中，以表10(b)所示的start、Length和SLIV的对应关系描述本申请实施例提供的方法。类似的，在本申请实施例提供的方法中，还可以以表10(a)所示的start、Length和SLIV的对应关系描述本申请实施例提供的方法，具体的与表10(b)涉及的描述类似，在申请实施例中对此不再赘述。Where 0<Length≤14-start. According to this example, Table 10(b) shows examples of Length, start, and SLIV values determined according to Length and start. In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by the correspondence between start, Length, and SLIV shown in Table 10(b). Similarly, in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be described by the correspondence between the start, the length, and the SLIV shown in the table 10 (a), specifically related to the table 10 (b). The description is similar, and will not be described in detail in the application embodiment.

表10(b)Table 10(b)

Length Length	startStart		SLIVSLIV
11	0至130 to 13	0至130 to 13
22	0至120 to 12	14至2614 to 26
33	0至110 to 11	28至3928 to 39
44	0至100 to 10	42至5242 to 52
55	0至90 to 9	56至6556 to 65
66	0至80 to 8	70至7870 to 78
77	0至70 to 7	84至9184 to 91
88	0至60 to 6	105至111105 to 111
99	0至50 to 5	92至9792 to 97
1010	0至40 to 4	79至8379 to 83
1111	0至30 to 3	66至6966 to 69
1212	0至20 to 2	53至5553 to 55
1313	0至10 to 1	40至4140 to 41

1414

00

2727

可选地，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息时，可以根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系，根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系确定该时域信息指示的SLIV。根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系时，可以是根据预配置确定的，也可以是根据基站发送的信令确定的，本申请不做限制。Optionally, when the information indicated by the time domain information is determined according to the detection period of the control channel, the value of the time domain information and the corresponding relationship of the SLIV may be determined according to the detection period of the control channel, according to the value of the time domain information, and the time domain information. The correspondence between the value and the SLIV determines the SLIV indicated by the time domain information. The determination of the value of the time domain information and the corresponding relationship of the SLIV according to the detection period of the control channel may be determined according to the pre-configuration, or may be determined according to the signaling sent by the base station, and is not limited in this application.

可选地，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息时，还可以根据控制信道的检测周期确定SLIV集合，根据时域信息确定SLIV，该SLIV包括于该SLIV集合中。根据时域信息确定SLIV时，可以根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系确定SLIV。时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以是预配置的，也可以是基站通过信令通知UE的，本申请不做限制。根据控制信道的检测周期确定SLIV集合时，可以是根据预配置确定的，也可以是根据基站发送的信令确定的，本申请不做限制。Optionally, when determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel, the SLIV set may also be determined according to the detection period of the control channel, and the SLIV is determined according to the time domain information, where the SLIV is included in the SLIV set. When the SLIV is determined based on the time domain information, the SLIV may be determined according to the value of the time domain information, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set. The correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be pre-configured, or the base station may notify the UE by signaling, which is not limited in this application. The determining of the SLIV set according to the detection period of the control channel may be determined according to the pre-configuration, or may be determined according to the signaling sent by the base station, and is not limited in this application.

可选地，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息时，还可以根据控制信道的检测周期确定SLIV集合、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系，根据时域信息确定SLIV，该SLIV包括于该SLIV集合中。根据时域信息确定SLIV时，可以根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系确定SLIV。根据控制信道的检测周期确定SLIV集合、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系时，可以是根据预配置确定的，也可以是根据基站发送的信令确定的，本申请不做限制。Optionally, when determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel, determining, according to the detection period of the control channel, the SLIV set, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set, according to the time domain. The information determines the SLIV, which is included in the set of SLIVs. When the SLIV is determined based on the time domain information, the SLIV may be determined according to the value of the time domain information, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set. Determining the correspondence between the value of the SLIV set and the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set according to the detection period of the control channel may be determined according to the pre-configuration, or may be determined according to the signaling sent by the base station, and the present application does not Make restrictions.

可选地，可以根据时域起始位置集合和时域长度集合确定SLIV集合。根据时域起始位置集合中的一个时域起始位置和时域长度集合中的一个时域长度可以确定SLIV集合中的一个SLIV。此时，根据控制信道的检测周期确定SLIV集合还可以理解为：根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域起始位置集合和时域长度集合；根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系确定SLIV还可以理解为：根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和时域长度集合中的时域长度的对应关系确定时域长度，根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和时域起始位置集合中的时域起始位置的对应关系确定时域起始位置。Alternatively, the SLIV set may be determined according to a time domain start location set and a time domain length set. One SLIV in the SLIV set can be determined according to a time domain start position in the time domain start position set and a time domain length in the time domain length set. At this time, determining the SLIV set according to the detection period of the control channel can also be understood as: determining the time domain start location set and the time domain length set according to the detection period of the control channel; according to the value of the time domain information, and the value of the time domain information and The SLIV correspondence in the SLIV set determines that the SLIV can also be understood as: determining the time domain length according to the value of the time domain information and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the time domain length in the time domain length set, according to the time domain information. The value, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the start of the time domain in the set of time domain start locations determines the start of the time domain.

可选地，根据控制信道的检测周期确定SLIV集合时，可以根据控制信道的检测周期包括的第四时间单元的个数确定SLIV集合。示例性地，以第四时间单元是符号为例，如果控制信道的检测周期包括的符号个数为Test_1，则SLIV集合中的SLIV对应的时域长度为1个符号至Test_1个符号中至少一个、1个符号至N_1个符号中至少一个、或1个符号至min(Test_1，N_1)个符号中至少一个。其中，N_1为一个时隙中包括的符号个数。Optionally, when determining the SLIV set according to the detection period of the control channel, the SLIV set may be determined according to the number of fourth time units included in the detection period of the control channel. For example, if the fourth time unit is a symbol, if the number of symbols included in the detection period of the control channel is Test_1, the length of the SLIV corresponding to the SLIV set is 1 symbol to at least one of the Test_1 symbols. At least one of 1 symbol to N_1 symbols, or 1 symbol to at least one of min(Test_1, N_1) symbols. Where N_1 is the number of symbols included in one slot.

示例A1：Example A1:

如果控制信道的检测周期是2符号，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表11所示中的至少一项，根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以确定时域信息指示的SLIV。示例性地，如果控制信息中的时域信息的值为12，根据表11中所示的对应关系，可以确定控制信息中的时域信息指示的SLIV为12，对应的start为12，Length为1。If the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of the values shown in Table 11, according to the value of the time domain information, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV. The SLIV indicated by the time domain information can be determined. Exemplarily, if the value of the time domain information in the control information is 12, according to the correspondence relationship shown in Table 11, it may be determined that the SLIV indicated by the time domain information in the control information is 12, the corresponding start is 12, and Length is 1.

如果控制信道的检测周期是2符号，可以根据控制信道的检测周期确定SLIV集合，根据时域信息确定SLIV，该SLIV包括于该SLIV集合中。其中，该SLIV集合中包括表11所示的SLIV中的至少一项。示例性地，该SLIV集合可以为{0至13,14至26}，该SLIV集合中的任一个SLIV对应的start可以为0至13中一个，该SLIV集合中的任一个SLIV对应的Length可以为1或2，还可以描述为：该SLIV集合对应的start集合可以为{0至13}，Length集合可以为{1,2}。根据时域信息确定SLIV时，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表11所示中的至少一项，根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以确定时域信息指示的SLIV。示例性地，如果控制信息中的时域信息的值为15，根据表11中所示的对应关系，可以确定控制信息中的时域信息指示的SLIV为15，对应的start为1，Length为2。If the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the SLIV set may be determined according to the detection period of the control channel, and the SLIV is determined according to the time domain information, and the SLIV is included in the SLIV set. Wherein, the SLIV set includes at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 11. Exemplarily, the SLIV set may be {0 to 13, 14 to 26}, and the start corresponding to any one of the SLIV sets may be one of 0 to 13, and the Length corresponding to any SLIV in the SLIV set may be It can be described as 1 or 2. The start set corresponding to the SLIV set can be {0 to 13}, and the Length set can be {1, 2}. When the SLIV is determined according to the time domain information, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of the values shown in Table 11, according to the value of the time domain information, and the value of the time domain information and the SLIV set. The correspondence of SLIV in the medium can determine the SLIV indicated by the time domain information. Exemplarily, if the value of the time domain information in the control information is 15, according to the correspondence relationship shown in Table 11, it can be determined that the SLIV indicated by the time domain information in the control information is 15, the corresponding start is 1, and the Length is 2.

如果控制信道的检测周期是2符号，可以根据控制信道的检测周期确定SLIV集合、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系。其中，该SLIV集合中包括表11所示的SLIV中的至少一项。示例性地，该SLIV集合可以为{0至13,14至26}，该SLIV集合中的任一个SLIV对应的start可以为0至13中一个，该SLIV集合中的任一个SLIV对应的Length可以为1或2，还可以描述为：该SLIV集合对应的start集合可以为{0至13}，Length集合可以为{1,2}。时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系如表11所示中的至少一项。根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以确定时域信息指示的SLIV。If the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the SLIV set, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set can be determined according to the detection period of the control channel. Wherein, the SLIV set includes at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 11. Exemplarily, the SLIV set may be {0 to 13, 14 to 26}, and the start corresponding to any one of the SLIV sets may be one of 0 to 13, and the Length corresponding to any SLIV in the SLIV set may be It can be described as 1 or 2. The start set corresponding to the SLIV set can be {0 to 13}, and the Length set can be {1, 2}. The correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set is as shown in at least one of Table 11. The SLIV indicated by the time domain information may be determined according to the value of the time domain information, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set.

在本申请的实施例中，如果时域信息指示的SLIV的取值有R1种，R1为正整数，时域信息的比特数可以为

通过该

比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于

示例性地，如表11所示，因为时域信息指示的SLIV的取值有27种，因此时域信息的比特数可以为5，通过该5比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于5。 In the embodiment of the present application, if the value of the SLIV indicated by the time domain information is R1, R1 is a positive integer, and the number of bits of the time domain information may be

Pass this

The bit time domain information indicates SLIV. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than

Exemplarily, as shown in Table 11, since the value of the SLIV indicated by the time domain information is 27, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 5, and the SLIV is indicated by the 5-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than 5.

在本申请的实施例中，如果时域信息的取值最大为R2，R2为正整数，时域信息的比特数可以为

或

通过该

或

示例性地，如表11所示，因为时域信息的取值最大为26，因此时域信息的比特数可以为5，通过该5比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于5。 In the embodiment of the present application, if the value of the time domain information is at most R2, R2 is a positive integer, and the number of bits of the time domain information may be

or

Pass this

or

Exemplarily, as shown in Table 11, since the value of the time domain information is at most 26, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 5, and the SLIV is indicated by the 5-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than 5.

在本申请实施例中，示出的时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系的表格中，或者示出的时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系的表格中，如表11所示，还示出了SLIV对应的start和Length，时域信息的值、SLIV、start和Length为整数，且时域信息的值、SLIV和start按顺序一一对应。示例性地，如表11中第2行所示，时域信息的值为0至13，SLIV为0至13，start为0至13，则时域信息的值、SLIV和start的对应关系如表12中所示，对应的Length为1。再示例性地，如表11中第3行所示，时域信息的值为14至26，SLIV为14至26，start为0至12，则时域信息的值、SLIV和start的对应关系如表13中所示，对应的Length为2。In the embodiment of the present application, in the table showing the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV, or the table showing the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set, as shown in Table 11 It is also shown that the SLIV corresponds to start and Length, the value of the time domain information, SLIV, start and Length are integers, and the values of the time domain information, SLIV and start are in one-to-one correspondence. Illustratively, as shown in the second row of Table 11, the value of the time domain information is 0 to 13, the SLIV is 0 to 13, and the start is 0 to 13, and the value of the time domain information, the correspondence between SLIV and start, for example, As shown in Table 12, the corresponding Length is 1. By way of example, as shown in the third row of Table 11, the value of the time domain information is 14 to 26, the SLIV is 14 to 26, and the start is 0 to 12, and the value of the time domain information, the correspondence between SLIV and start As shown in Table 13, the corresponding Length is 2.

在本申请实施例中，示出的时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系的表格中，或者示出的时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系的表格中，表示取值时，符号“～”表示“至”。示例性地，0～13表示0至13。In the embodiment of the present application, in the table of the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV, or the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set, the value is represented in the table. The symbol "~" means "to". Illustratively, 0 to 13 represent 0 to 13.

表11Table 11

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～130~13	0～130~13	0～130~13	11
14～2614~26	14～2614~26	0～120~12	22

表12Table 12

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
00	00	00	11
11	11	11	11
22	22	22	11
33	33	33	11
44	44	44	11
55	55	55	11
66	66	66	11
77	77	77	11
88	88	88	11
99	99	99	11
1010	1010	1010	11
1111	1111	1111	11
1212	1212	1212	11
1313	1313	1313	11

表13Table 13

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIVSLIV	startStart	LengthLength
1414	1414	00	22
1515	1515	11	22
1616	1616	22	22
1717	1717	33	22
1818	1818	44	22
1919	1919	55	22
2020	2020	66	22
21twenty one	21twenty one	77	22
22twenty two	22twenty two	88	22

23twenty three	23twenty three	99	22
24twenty four	24twenty four	1010	22
2525	2525	1111	22
2626	2626	1212	22

示例A2：Example A2:

如果控制信道的检测周期是2符号，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表14所示中的至少一项。基于表14，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 14. Based on Table 14, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道的检测周期是2符号，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表14所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表14所示中的至少一项。基于表14，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the SLIV included in the SLIV set may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 14, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be as shown in Table 14. At least one of them. Based on Table 14, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

示例性地，如表14所示，因为时域信息指示的SLIV的取值有39种，因此时域信息的比特数可以为6，通过该6比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于6。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 14, since the value of the SLIV indicated by the time domain information is 39, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 6, and the SLIV is indicated by the 6-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than 6.

表14Table 14

示例A3：Example A3:

如果控制信道的检测周期是2符号，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表15所示中的至少一项。基于表15，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 15. Based on Table 15, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道的检测周期是2符号，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表15所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表15所示中的至少一项。基于表15，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the SLIV included in the SLIV set may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 15, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be as shown in Table 15. At least one of them. Based on Table 15, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

示例性地，如表15所示，因为时域信息的取值最大为52，因此时域信息的比特数可以为6，通过该6比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于6。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 15, since the value of the time domain information is at most 52, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 6, and the SLIV is indicated by the 6-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than 6.

在本申请实施提供的方法中，可选的，时域信息的值与SLIV的对应关系可以是：时域信息指示的SLIV＝时域信息的值。如下表15中，时域信息指示的SLIV即为时域信息的值。In the method provided by the implementation of the present application, optionally, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be: the value of the SLIV=time domain information indicated by the time domain information. In Table 15 below, the SLIV indicated by the time domain information is the value of the time domain information.

表15Table 15

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～130~13	0～130~13	0～130~13	11
14～2614~26	14～2614~26	0～120~12	22
28～3928~39	28～3928~39	0～110～11	33
42～5242～52	42～5242～52	0～100 to 10	44

示例A4：Example A4:

如果控制信道的检测周期是2符号，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表16所示中的至少一项。基于表16，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 16. Based on Table 16, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道的检测周期是2符号，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表16所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表16所示中的至少一项。基于表16，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the SLIV included in the SLIV set may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 16, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be as shown in Table 16. At least one of them. Based on Table 16, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

示例性地，如表16所示，因为时域信息指示的SLIV的取值有50种，因此时域信息的比特数可以为6，通过该6比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于6。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 16, since the value of the SLIV indicated by the time domain information is 50, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 6, and the SLIV is indicated by the 6-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than 6.

在本申请实施提供的方法中，可选的，时域信息的值与SLIV的对应关系可以是：根据SLIV集合中的SLIV的大小顺序，SLIV集合中的SLIV对应的时域信息的值从0开始且依次加t_1，t_1为整数，示例性地，t_1等于1。示例性地，SLIV集合中的第一最小的SLIV对应时域信息的值为0，SLIV集合中的第二最小的SLIV对应时域信息的值为1，依次类推。如下表16中，第一个最小的SLIV为0，对应的时域信息的值为0；第二个最小的SLIV为1，对应的时域信息的值为1。In the method provided by the implementation of the present application, optionally, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be: according to the size order of the SLIV in the SLIV set, the value of the time domain information corresponding to the SLIV in the SLIV set is from 0. Start and sequentially add t_1, t_1 is an integer, and by way of example, t_1 is equal to 1. Illustratively, the value of the first smallest SLIV corresponding time domain information in the SLIV set is 0, and the value of the second smallest SLIV in the SLIV set corresponds to the time domain information, and so on. As shown in Table 16 below, the first smallest SLIV is 0, the corresponding time domain information has a value of 0; the second smallest SLIV is 1, and the corresponding time domain information has a value of 1.

表16Table 16

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～130~13	0～130~13	0～130~13	11
14～2614~26	14～2614~26	0～120~12	22
27～3827~38	28～3928~39	0～110～11	33
39～4939～49	42～5242～52	0～100 to 10	44

示例A5：Example A5:

如果控制信道的检测周期是7符号，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表17所示中的至少一项。基于表17，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 17. Based on Table 17, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道的检测周期是7符号，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表17所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表17所示中的至少一项。基于表17，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the SLIV included in the SLIV set may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 17, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be as shown in Table 17. At least one of them. Based on Table 17, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

示例性地，如表17所示，因为时域信息的取值最大为77，因此时域信息的比特数可以为7，通过该7比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于7。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 17, since the value of the time domain information is at most 77, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 7, and the SLIV is indicated by the 7-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than seven.

在本申请实施提供的方法中，可选的，时域信息的值与SLIV的对应关系可以是时域信息指示的SLIV为时域信息的值加上V1，其中V1为整数。即时域信息指示的SLIV＝时域信息域的值(Index)+V1。示例性地，如下表17中，V1取值为14，时域信息指示的SLIV＝时域信息域的值(Index)+14。In the method provided by the implementation of the present application, optionally, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be that the SLIV indicated by the time domain information is the value of the time domain information plus V1, where V1 is an integer. The SLIV=Time Domain Information Field value (Index) + V1 indicated by the real-time domain information. Illustratively, in Table 17, as follows, V1 takes a value of 14, and the value of the SLIV=Time Domain Information Field (Index) indicated by the time domain information is +14.

表17Table 17

示例A6：Example A6:

如果控制信道的检测周期是7符号，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表18所示中的至少一项。基于表18，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 18. Based on Table 18, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道的检测周期是7符号，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表18所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表18所示中的至少一项。基于表18，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the SLIV included in the SLIV set may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 18, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be as shown in Table 18. At least one of them. Based on Table 18, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

示例性地，如表18所示，因为时域信息的取值最大为61，因此时域信息的比特数可以为6，通过该6比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于6。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 18, since the value of the time domain information is at most 61, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 6, and the SLIV is indicated by the 6-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than 6.

在本申请实施提供的方法中，可选的，时域信息的值与SLIV的对应关系可以是：根据SLIV集合中的SLIV的大小顺序，SLIV集合中的SLIV对应的时域信息的值从0开始且依次加t_1，t_1为整数，示例性地，t_1等于1。示例性地，SLIV集合中的第一最小的SLIV对应时域信息的值为0，SLIV集合中的第二最小的SLIV对应时域信息的值为1，依次类推。如下表18中，第一最小的SLIV为14，对应的时域信息的值为0；第二最小的SLIV为15，对应的时域信息的值为1。In the method provided by the implementation of the present application, optionally, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be: according to the size order of the SLIV in the SLIV set, the value of the time domain information corresponding to the SLIV in the SLIV set is from 0. Start and sequentially add t_1, t_1 is an integer, and by way of example, t_1 is equal to 1. Illustratively, the value of the first smallest SLIV corresponding time domain information in the SLIV set is 0, and the value of the second smallest SLIV in the SLIV set corresponds to the time domain information, and so on. As shown in Table 18 below, the first smallest SLIV is 14, the corresponding time domain information has a value of 0, the second smallest SLIV is 15, and the corresponding time domain information has a value of 1.

表18Table 18

示例A7：Example A7:

如果控制信道的检测周期是7符号，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表19所示中的至少一项。基于表19，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 19. Based on Table 19, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道的检测周期是7符号，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表19所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表19所示中的至少一项。基于表19，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the SLIV included in the SLIV set may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 19, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be as shown in Table 19. At least one of them. Based on Table 19, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

示例性地，如表19所示，因为时域信息的取值为0～63，因此时域信息的比特数可以为6，通过该6比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于6。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 19, since the time domain information has a value of 0 to 63, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 6, and the SLIV is indicated by the 6-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than 6.

在本申请实施提供的方法中，可选的，时域信息的值与SLIV的对应关系可以是时域信息指示的SLIV为时域信息的值加上V2，其中V2为整数。即时域信息指示的SLIV＝时域信息的值(Index)+V2。如下表19中，V2取值为28，时域信息指示的SLIV＝时域信息的值(Index)+28。In the method provided by the implementation of the present application, optionally, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be that the SLIV indicated by the time domain information is the value of the time domain information plus V2, where V2 is an integer. The value of the SLIV=time domain information indicated by the real-time domain information (Index)+V2. In Table 19 below, V2 takes a value of 28, and the value of the SLIV=time domain information indicated by the time domain information (Index) +28.

表19Table 19

示例A8：Example A8:

如果控制信道的检测周期是7符号，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表20(a)所示中的至少一项。基于表20(a)，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 20(a). Based on the table 20(a), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道的检测周期是7符号，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表20(a)所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表20(a)所示中的至少一项。基于表20(a)，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the SLIV included in the SLIV set may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 20(a), and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be as shown in the table. At least one of the items shown in 20(a). Based on the table 20(a), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

示例性地，如表20(a)所示，因为时域信息的取值最大为49，因此时域信息的比特数可以为6，通过该6比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于6。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 20(a), since the value of the time domain information is at most 49, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 6, and the SLIV is indicated by the 6-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than 6.

表20(a)Table 20 (a)

示例A8-1：Example A8-1:

如果控制信道的检测周期是7符号或小于一个时隙中的符号个数，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表20(b)所示中的至少一项。基于表20(b)，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols or less than the number of symbols in one slot, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 20(b). Based on the table 20(b), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道的检测周期是7符号或小于一个时隙中的符号个数，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表20(b)所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表20(b)所示中的至少一项。基于表20(b)，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols or less than the number of symbols in one slot, the SLIV included in the SLIV set may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 20(b), the value of the time domain information, and the SLIV. The correspondence of the SLIVs in the set may be at least one of those shown in Table 20(b). Based on the table 20(b), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

示例性地，如表20(b)所示，因为时域信息的取值最大为51，因此时域信息的比特数可以为6，通过该6比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于6。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 20(b), since the value of the time domain information is at most 51, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 6, and the SLIV is indicated by the 6-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than 6.

表20(b)Table 20(b)

如果控制信道的检测周期是7符号或小于一个时隙中的符号个数，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系还可以如表20(c)所示中的至少一项。基于表20(c)，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols or less than the number of symbols in one slot, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may also be at least one of those shown in Table 20(c). Based on the table 20(c), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道的检测周期是7符号或小于一个时隙中的符号个数，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV还可以如表20(c)所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系还可以如表20(c)所示中的至少一项。基于表20(c)，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols or less than the number of symbols in one slot, the SLIV included in the SLIV set may also be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 20(c), the value of the time domain information and The correspondence of SLIV in the SLIV set may also be at least one of those shown in Table 20(c). Based on the table 20(c), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

示例性地，如表20(c)所示，因为时域信息的取值最大为55，因此时域信息的比特数可以为6，通过该6比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于6。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 20(c), since the value of the time domain information is at most 55, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 6, and the SLIV is indicated by the 6-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than 6.

表20(c)Table 20(c)

时域信息的Time domain information

SLIVSLIV

startStart

LengthLength

值 value
0～130~13	0～130~13	0～130~13	11
14～2614~26	14～2614~26	0～120~12	22
27～3727~37	42～5242～52	0～100 to 10	44
38～4638~46	70～7870～78	0～80~8	66
47～5447~54	84～9184～91	0～70 to 7	77

示例A9：Example A9:

如果控制信道的检测周期是14符号或者大于等于1个slot时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表21(a)所示中的至少一项。基于表21，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols or greater than or equal to 1 slot, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 21 (a). Based on the table 21, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道的检测周期是14符号，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表21(a)所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表21(a)所示中的至少一项。基于表21(a)，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, the SLIV included in the SLIV set may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 21(a), and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be as shown in the table. At least one of the items shown in 21(a). Based on the table 21 (a), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

示例性地，如表21(a)所示，因为时域信息的取值最大为35，因此时域信息的比特数可以为6，通过该6比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于6。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 21 (a), since the value of the time domain information is at most 35, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 6, and the SLIV is indicated by the 6-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than 6.

在本申请实施提供的方法中，可选的，时域信息的值与SLIV的对应关系可以是根据SLIV集合中的SLIV对应的时域长度和时域起始位置的取值确定时域信息的值，其中，该SLIV集合中包括时域信息可能指示的SLIV。比如按照先时域长度从小到大，然后时域起始位置从小到大的顺序，对应的时域信息的值为从0开始并依次加t_2；或者，按照先时域起始位置从小到大的顺序，然后时域长度从小到大，对应的时域信息的值为从0开始并依次加t_2。其中，t_2为整数，示例性地，t_2等于1。SLIV集合中的SLIV对应最小的时域长度以及最小的时域起始位置，其对应时域信息的值为0；SLIV集合中的SLIV对应最小的时域长度以及第二最小的时域起始位置，其对应时域信息的值为1；…；SLIV集合中的SLIV对应第二最小的时域长度以及最小的时域起始位置，其对应时域信息的值为i，SLIV集合中的SLIV对应第二最小的时域长度以及第二最小的时域起始位置，其对应时域信息的值为i+1，…，依次类推。如下表21(a)中，SLIV集合中的SLIV为84时，对应第一最小的时域长度7，对应第一最小的时域起始位置0，因此该SLIV对应的时域信息的值为0；SLIV集合中的SLIV为85时，对应第一最小的时域长度7，对应第二最小的时域起始位置1，因此该SLIV对应的时域信息的值为1，依次类推。In the method provided by the implementation of the present application, optionally, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be that the time domain information is determined according to the value of the time domain length and the time domain start position corresponding to the SLIV in the SLIV set. a value, wherein the SLIV set includes a SLIV that may be indicated by time domain information. For example, according to the length of the first-time domain from small to large, and then the starting position of the time domain from small to large, the value of the corresponding time domain information starts from 0 and sequentially adds t_2; or, according to the starting position of the first-time domain from small to large The order of the time domain is then from small to large, and the value of the corresponding time domain information starts from 0 and is followed by t_2. Where t_2 is an integer, and exemplarily, t_2 is equal to 1. The SLIV in the SLIV set corresponds to the smallest time domain length and the smallest time domain start position, and the value of the corresponding time domain information is 0; the SLIV in the SLIV set corresponds to the smallest time domain length and the second smallest time domain start Position, the value of the corresponding time domain information is 1;...; the SLIV in the SLIV set corresponds to the second smallest time domain length and the smallest time domain start position, and the value of the corresponding time domain information is i, in the SLIV set The SLIV corresponds to the second smallest time domain length and the second smallest time domain start position, and the value of the corresponding time domain information is i+1, . . . , and so on. In the following table 21 (a), when the SLIV in the SLIV set is 84, corresponding to the first minimum time domain length 7, corresponding to the first minimum time domain start position 0, the value of the time domain information corresponding to the SLIV is therefore 0; when the SLIV in the SLIV set is 85, corresponding to the first minimum time domain length 7, corresponding to the second smallest time domain start position 1, so the time domain information corresponding to the SLIV has a value of 1, and so on.

表21(a)Table 21 (a)

如果控制信道的检测周期是14符号或者大于等于1个slot时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系还可以如表21(b)所示中的至少一项。基于表21(b)，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols or greater than or equal to 1 slot, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may also be at least one of those shown in Table 21(b). Based on the table 21(b), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道的检测周期是14符号或者大于等于1个slot时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV还可以如表21(b)所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系还可以如表21-1所示中的至少一项。基于表21(b)，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例A1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols or greater than or equal to 1 slot, the SLIV included in the SLIV set may also be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 21(b), the value of the time domain information, and the SLIV set. The corresponding relationship of the SLIV may also be at least one of those shown in Table 21-1. Based on the table 21(b), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example A1, and details are not described herein again.

示例性地，如表21(b)所示，因为时域信息的取值最大为47，因此时域信息的比特数可以为6，通过该6比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于6。Exemplarily, as shown in Table 21(b), since the value of the time domain information is at most 47, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 6, and the SLIV is indicated by the 6-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than 6.

表21(b)Table 21 (b)

可选的，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息包括：根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定该时域信息指示的信息。可选地，该时域信息可以用于指示SLIV。Optionally, determining time domain information in the control information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected time domain location of the control channel includes: according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected control channel The time domain location determines the information indicated by the time domain information. Optionally, the time domain information can be used to indicate SLIV.

可选地，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定该时域信息指示的信息时，可以根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系，根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系确定该时域信息指示的SLIV。根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系时，可以是根据预配置确定的，也可以是根据基站发送的信令确定的，本申请不做限制。Optionally, according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detected time domain location of the control channel, according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected control channel The time domain location determines the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV, and determines the SLIV indicated by the time domain information according to the value of the time domain information and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV. The determining the relationship between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV according to the time domain location of the control channel or the time domain location of the detected control channel may be determined according to the pre-configuration, or may be based on the signaling sent by the base station. Certainly, this application is not limited.

可选地，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定该时域信息指示的信息时，还可以根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定SLIV集合，根据时域信息确定SLIV，该SLIV包括于该SLIV集合中。根据时域信息确定SLIV时，可以根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系确定SLIV。时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以是预配置的，也可以是基站通过信令通知UE的，本申请不做限制。根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定SLIV集合时，可以是根据预配置确定的，也可以是根据基站发送的信令确定的，本申请不做限制。Optionally, when determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected time domain location of the control channel, the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected control may also be The time domain location in which the channel is located determines the SLIV set, and the SLIV is determined based on the time domain information, the SLIV being included in the SLIV set. When the SLIV is determined based on the time domain information, the SLIV may be determined according to the value of the time domain information, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set. The correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be pre-configured, or the base station may notify the UE by signaling, which is not limited in this application. The determining of the SLIV set according to the time domain location of the control channel or the time domain location of the detected control channel may be determined according to the pre-configuration, or may be determined according to the signaling sent by the base station, and the application does not limit the application. .

可选地，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息时，还可以根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定SLIV集合、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系，根据时域信息确定SLIV，该SLIV包括于该SLIV集合中。根据时域信息确定SLIV时，可以根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系确定SLIV。根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定SLIV集合、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系时，可以是根据预配置确定的，也可以是根据基站发送的信令确定的，本申请不做限制。Optionally, according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detected time domain location of the control channel, according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected control channel The time domain location is determined by the SLIV set, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set, and the SLIV is determined according to the time domain information, and the SLIV is included in the SLIV set. When the SLIV is determined based on the time domain information, the SLIV may be determined according to the value of the time domain information, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set. Determining the SLIV set and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected time domain location of the control channel may be determined according to the pre-configuration, It may be determined according to signaling sent by the base station, and is not limited in this application.

可选地，可以根据时域起始位置集合和时域长度集合确定SLIV集合。根据时域起始位置集合中的一个时域起始位置和时域长度集合中的一个时域长度可以确定SLIV集合中的一个SLIV。此时，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定SLIV集合还可以理解为：根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域起始位置集合和时域长度集合；根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系确定SLIV还可以理解为：根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和时域长度集合中的时域长度的对应关系确定时域长度，根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和时域起始位置集合中的时域起始位置的对应关系确定时域起始位置。Alternatively, the SLIV set may be determined according to a time domain start location set and a time domain length set. One SLIV in the SLIV set can be determined according to a time domain start position in the time domain start position set and a time domain length in the time domain length set. At this time, determining the SLIV set according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected time domain location of the control channel can also be understood as: according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected time domain of the control channel The location determines the time domain start location set and the time domain length set; determining the SLIV according to the value of the time domain information and the value of the time domain information and the SLIV correspondence in the SLIV set can also be understood as: according to the value of the time domain information, And determining the time domain length according to the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the time domain length in the time domain length set, according to the value of the time domain information, and the value of the time domain information and the time domain start in the time domain start location set The correspondence of the locations determines the start of the time domain.

在本申请实施例提供的方法中，可选地，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定SLIV集合时，可以根据控制信道所在的第四时间单元的标识或根据检测到的控制信道所在的第四时间单元的标识确定SLIV集合。示例性地，以第四时间单元是符号为例，如果控制信道所在的符号的标识或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为Test_2，则SLIV集合中的SLIV对应的时域起始位置可以为Test_2至N_1中至少一个、Test_2-1至N_1中至少一个、Test_2-2至N_1中至少一个、max(Test_2，0)至N_1中至少一个，SLIV集合中的SLIV对应的时域长度为1个符号至N_1-Test_2个符号中至少一个、1个符号至N_1-Test_2+1个符号中至少一个、1个符号至N_1-Test_2-1个符号中至少一个或1个符号至min(N_1-Test_2，N_1)个符号中至少一个。其中，N_1为一个时隙中包括的符号个数。In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, optionally, when determining the SLIV set according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected time domain location of the control channel, the fourth time unit according to the control channel may be The SLIV set is identified or identified based on the identity of the fourth time unit in which the detected control channel is located. For example, if the fourth time unit is a symbol, if the identifier of the symbol where the control channel is located or the identifier of the detected control channel is Test_2, the start time position corresponding to the SLIV in the SLIV set may be For at least one of Test_2 to N_1, at least one of Test_2-1 to N_1, at least one of Test_2-2 to N_1, and at least one of max(Test_2, 0) to N_1, the SLIV corresponding to the SLIV set has a time domain length of 1 At least one of the symbols to at least one of N_1-Test_2 symbols, at least one of 1 symbol to N_1-Test_2+1 symbols, at least one of 1 symbol to N_1-Test_2-1 symbols, or 1 symbol to min(N_1- Test_2, N_1) at least one of the symbols. Where N_1 is the number of symbols included in one slot.

示例B1：Example B1:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第1个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为0，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表22所示中的至少一项，根据时域信息的值以及时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以确定控制信息的时域信息指示的SLIV。示例性地，如果控制信息中的时域信息为9，根据表22中所示的时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系，可以确定控制信息中的时域信息指示的SLIV为106，对应的start为1，Length为8。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the first symbol in the time slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 0, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of the values shown in Table 22, and the SLIV indicated by the time domain information of the control information may be determined according to the value of the time domain information and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV. Exemplarily, if the time domain information in the control information is 9, according to the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV shown in Table 22, it may be determined that the SLIV indicated by the time domain information in the control information is 106, corresponding Start is 1 and Length is 8.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第1个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为0，可以根据控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号确定SLIV集合，根据时域信息确定SLIV，该SLIV包括于该SLIV集合。其中，该SLIV集合中包括表22所示的SLIV中的至少一项。示例性地，该SLIV集合中的任一个SLIV对应的start为0至7中一个，该SLIV集合中的任一个SLIV对应的Length为7至14中一个，还可以描述为：该SLIV集合对应的start集合为{0至7}，Length集合为{7至14}。时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系如表22所示中的至少一项，根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以确定控制信息的时域信息指示的SLIV。If the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is the first symbol in the time slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 0, the control channel may be The symbol in which the symbol or the detected control channel is located determines the SLIV set, and the SLIV is determined based on the time domain information, and the SLIV is included in the SLIV set. Wherein, the SLIV set includes at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 22. Exemplarily, the start of any SLIV in the SLIV set is one of 0 to 7. The Length corresponding to any SLIV in the SLIV set is one of 7 to 14, and may also be described as: corresponding to the SLIV set. The start set is {0 to 7} and the Length set is {7 to 14}. The correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set is as shown in at least one of Table 22, and the control can be determined according to the value of the time domain information and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set. The time domain information of the information indicates the SLIV.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第1个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为0，可以根据控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号确定SLIV集合、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系。其中，该SLIV集合中包括表22所示的SLIV中的至少一项。示例性地，该SLIV集合中的任一个SLIV对应的start可以为0至7中一个，该SLIV集合中的任一个SLIV对应的Length可以为7至14中一个，还可以描述为：该SLIV集合对应的start集合可以为{0至7}，Length集合可以为{7至14}。时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系如表22所示中的至少一项。根据时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以确定时域信息指示的SLIV。If the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is the first symbol in the time slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 0, the control channel may be The symbol in which the symbol or the detected control channel is located determines the SLIV set, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set. Wherein, the SLIV set includes at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 22. Exemplarily, the start corresponding to any SLIV in the SLIV set may be one of 0 to 7. The Length corresponding to any SLIV in the SLIV set may be one of 7 to 14, and may also be described as: the SLIV set. The corresponding start set can be {0 to 7}, and the Length set can be {7 to 14}. The correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set is as shown in at least one of Table 22. The SLIV indicated by the time domain information may be determined according to the value of the time domain information, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set.

可选地，如表22所示，因为时域信息指示的SLIV的取值有36种，因此时域信息的比特数可以为6，通过该6比特时域信息指示SLIV。进一步地，控制信息中的时域信息的比特数还可以大于6。Optionally, as shown in Table 22, since the value of the SLIV indicated by the time domain information is 36, the number of bits of the time domain information may be 6, and the SLIV is indicated by the 6-bit time domain information. Further, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information may also be greater than 6.

表22Table 22

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～70 to 7	84～9184～91	0～70 to 7	77
8～148~14	105～111105～111	0～60 to 6	88
15～2015~20	92～9792~97	0～50 to 5	99
21～2521~25	79～8379～83	0～40 to 4	1010
26～2926~29	66～6966~69	0～30 to 3	1111
30～3230~32	53～5553~55	0～20 to 2	1212
33～3433~34	40～4140～41	0～10~1	1313
3535	2727	00	1414

示例B2：Example B2:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第1个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为0时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表23(a)所示中的至少一项。基于表23(a)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the first symbol in the time slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 0, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 23(a). Based on Table 23(a), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in Example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第1个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为0时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表23(a)所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表23(a)所示中的至少一项。基于表23(a)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the first symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 0, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 23(a), and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 23(a). Based on Table 23(a), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in Example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表23(a)Table 23 (a)

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～70 to 7	84～9184～91	0～70 to 7	77
8～148~14	105～111105～111	0～60 to 6	88
15～2015~20	92～9792~97	0～50 to 5	99
21～2521~25	79～8379～83	0～40 to 4	1010
26～2926~29	66～6966~69	0～30 to 3	1111
30～3230~32	53～5553~55	0～20 to 2	1212
33～3433~34	40～4140～41	0～10~1	1313

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第1个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为0时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系还可以如表23(b)所示中的至少一项。基于表23(b)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the first symbol in the time slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 0, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may also be at least one of those shown in Table 23(b). Based on the table 23(b), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第1个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为0时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV还可以如表23(b)所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系还可以如表23(b)所示中的至少一项。基于表23(b)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the first symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 0, the SLIV set The included SLIV may also be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 23(b), and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may also be at least one of those shown in Table 23(b). . Based on the table 23(b), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表23(b)Table 23 (b)

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～130~13	0～130~13	0～130~13	11
14～2614~26	14～2614~26	0～120~12	22
27～3727~37	42～5242～52	0～100 to 10	44
38～4538～45	84～9184～91	0～70 to 7	77

46～5246～52	105～111105～111	0～60 to 6	88
53～5753～57	79～8379～83	0～40 to 4	1010
58～6058～60	53～5553~55	0～20 to 2	1212
61～6261-62	40～4140～41	0～10~1	1313

示例B3：Example B3:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第2个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为1时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表24(a)所示中的至少一项。基于表24(a)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the second symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 1, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 24(a). The method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location according to the detected control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and is not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第2个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为1时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表24(a)所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表24(a)所示中的至少一项。基于表24(a)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the second symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 1, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 24(a), and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 24(a). The method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location according to the detected control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and is not described herein again.

表24(a)Table 24 (a)

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第2个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为1时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系还可以如表24(b)所示中的至少一项。基于表24(b)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the second symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 1, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may also be at least one of those shown in Table 24(b). Based on the table 24(b), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第2个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为1时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV还可以如表24(b)所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系还可以如表24(b)所示中的至少一项。基于表24(b)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the second symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 1, the SLIV set The included SLIV may also be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 24(b), and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may also be at least one of those shown in Table 24(b). . Based on the table 24(b), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表24(b)Table 24(b)

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～130~13	0～130~13	0～130~13	11
14～2614~26	14～2614~26	0～120~12	22
27～3727~37	42～5242～52	0～100 to 10	44
38～4538～45	84～9184～91	0～70 to 7	77
46～5046~50	79～8379～83	0～40 to 4	1010
51～5451~54	66～6966~69	0～30 to 3	1111
55～5755～57	53～5553~55	0～20 to 2	1212
5858	2727	00	1414

示例B4：Example B4:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第2个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为1时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表25所示中的至少一项。基于表25，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the second symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 1, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 25. Based on Table 25, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第2个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为1时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表25所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表25所示中的至少一项。基于表25，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the second symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 1, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 25, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 25. Based on Table 25, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表25Table 25

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～60 to 6	85～9185～91	1～71~7	77
7～127~12	106～111106～111	1～61 to 6	88
13～1713～17	93～9793~97	1～51 to 5	99
18～2118~21	80～8380～83	1～41 to 4	1010
22～2422~24	67～6967～69	1～31 to 3	1111
25～2625~26	54～5554～55	1～21 to 2	1212
2727	4141	11	1313

示例B5：Example B5:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第2个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为1时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表26所示中的至少一项。基于表26，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the second symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 1, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 26. Based on the table 26, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第2个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为1时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表26所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表26所示中的至少一项。基于表26，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。表26If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the second symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 1, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 26, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 26. Based on the table 26, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again. Table 26

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～50 to 5	86～9186～91	2～72 to 7	77
6～106 to 10	107～111107～111	2～62 to 6	88
11～1411~14	94～9794~97	2～52 to 5	99
15～1715~17	81～8381～83	2～42 to 4	1010
18～1918~19	68～6968~69	2～32 to 3	1111
2020	5555	22	1212

示例B6：Example B6:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表27所示中的至少一项。基于表27，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表27所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表27所示中的至少一项。基于表27，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 27. Based on Table 27, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again. If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 27, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 27. Based on Table 27, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表27Table 27

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～60 to 6	7～137~13	7～137~13	11
7～127~12	21～2621~26	7～127~12	22
13～1713～17	35～3935～39	7～117~11	33
18～2118~21	49～5249～52	7～107 to 10	44
22～2422~24	63～6563～65	7～97~9	55
25～2625~26	77～7877～78	7～87~8	66
2727	9191	77	77

示例B7：Example B7:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表28所示中的至少一项。基于表28，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 28. Based on the table 28, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表28所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表28所示中的至少一项。基于表28，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 28, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 28. Based on the table 28, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表28Table 28

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～70 to 7	6～136 to 13	6～136 to 13	11
8～148~14	20～2620~26	6～126~12	22
15～2015~20	34～3934～39	6～116~11	33
21～2521~25	48～5248～52	6～106 to 10	44
26～2926~29	62～6562-65	6～96 to 9	55
30～3230~32	76～7876~78	6～86-8	66
33～3433~34	90～9190～91	6～76~7	77
3535	111111	66	88

示例B8：Example B8:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表29所示中的至少一项。基于表29，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 29. Based on Table 29, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表29所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表29所示中的至少一项。基于表29，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 29, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 29. Based on Table 29, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表29Table 29

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～50 to 5	21～2621~26	7～127~12	22
6～106 to 10	35～3935～39	7～117~11	33
11～1411~14	49～5249～52	7～107 to 10	44
15～1715~17	63～6563～65	7～97~9	55
18～1918~19	77～7877～78	7～87~8	66
2020	9191	77	77

示例B9：Example B9:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表30所示中的至少一项。基于表30，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 30. Based on the table 30, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表30所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表30所示中的至少一项。基于表30，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 30, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 30. Based on the table 30, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表30Table 30

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～40 to 4	20～2620~26	6～126~12	22
5～105~10	34～3934～39	6～116~11	33
11～1511~15	48～5248～52	6～106 to 10	44
16～1916~19	62～6562-65	6～96 to 9	55
20～2220~22	76～7876~78	6～86-8	66
23～2423~24	90～9190～91	6～76~7	77
2525	111111	66	88

示例B10：Example B10:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表31所示中的至少一项。基于表31，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 31. Based on the table 31, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表31所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表31所示中的至少一项。基于表31，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 31, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 31. Based on the table 31, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表31Table 31

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～40 to 4	35～3935～39	7～117~11	33
5～85~8	49～5249～52	7～107 to 10	44
9～119 to 11	63～6563～65	7～97~9	55
12～1312~13	77～7877～78	7～87~8	66
1414	9191	77	77

示例B11：Example B11:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表32所示中的至少一项。基于表32，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 32. Based on the table 32, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表32所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表32所示中的至少一项。基于表32，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 32, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 32. Based on the table 32, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表32Table 32

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～50 to 5	34～3934～39	6～116~11	33
6～106 to 10	48～5248～52	6～106 to 10	44
11～1411~14	62～6562-65	6～96 to 9	55
15～1715~17	76～7876~78	6～86-8	66
18～1918~19	90～9190～91	6～76~7	77
2020	111111	66	88

示例B12：Example B12:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表33(a)所示中的至少一项。基于表33(a)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 33(a). Based on the table 33 (a), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表33(a)所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表33(a)所示中的至少一项。基于表33(a)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 33(a), and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 33(a). Based on the table 33 (a), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

示例性地，根据表33(a)，当控制信息中的时域信息的值为0至13时，其指示的SLIV值分别为0至13，对应的start分别为0至13，Length为1。当控制信息中的时域信息的值为14至26时，其指示的SLIV值分别为14至26，对应的start分别为0至12，Length为2。当控制信息中的时域信息的值为27至38时，其指示的SLIV值分别为28至39，对应的start分别为0至11，Length为3。当控制信息中的时域信息的值为39至49时，其指示的SLIV值分别为42至52，对应的start分别为0至10， Length为4。当控制信息中的时域信息的值为50至59时，其指示的SLIV值分别为56至65，对应的start分别为0至9，Length为5。当控制信息中的时域信息的值为60至68时，其指示的SLIV值分别为70至78，对应的start分别为0至8，Length为6。当控制信息中的时域信息的值为69至76时，其指示的SLIV值分别为84至91，对应的start分别为0至7，Length为7。Illustratively, according to Table 33(a), when the value of the time domain information in the control information is 0 to 13, the SLIV value indicated is 0 to 13, respectively, the corresponding start is 0 to 13, and the Length is 1 . When the value of the time domain information in the control information is 14 to 26, the indicated SLIV values are 14 to 26, respectively, the corresponding start is 0 to 12, and the Length is 2. When the value of the time domain information in the control information is 27 to 38, the SLIV values indicated are 28 to 39, respectively, and the corresponding start is 0 to 11 and Length is 3. When the value of the time domain information in the control information is 39 to 49, the indicated SLIV values are 42 to 52, respectively, and the corresponding start is 0 to 10 and the length is 4. When the value of the time domain information in the control information is 50 to 59, the indicated SLIV values are 56 to 65, respectively, the corresponding start is 0 to 9, and the Length is 5. When the value of the time domain information in the control information is 60 to 68, the indicated SLIV values are 70 to 78, respectively, and the corresponding start is 0 to 8 and Length is 6. When the value of the time domain information in the control information is 69 to 76, the SLIV values indicated are 84 to 91, respectively, the corresponding start is 0 to 7, and the Length is 7.

表33(a)Table 33 (a)

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～130~13	0～130~13	0～130~13	11
14～2614~26	14～2614~26	0～120~12	22
27～3827~38	28～3928~39	0～110～11	33
39～4939～49	42～5242～52	0～100 to 10	44
50～5950～59	56～6556~65	0～90 to 9	55
60～6860~68	70～7870～78	0～80~8	66
69～7669~76	84～9184～91	0～70 to 7	77

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系还可以如表33(b)所示中的至少一项。基于表33(b)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may also be at least one of those shown in Table 33(b). Based on the table 33(b), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV还可以如表33(b)所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系还可以如表33(b)所示中的至少一项。基于表33(b)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the SLIV set The included SLIV may also be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 33(b), and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may also be at least one of those shown in Table 33(b). . Based on the table 33(b), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表33(b)Table 33 (b)

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～130~13	0～130~13	0～130~13	11
14～2614~26	14～2614~26	0～120~12	22
27～3727~37	42～5242～52	0～100 to 10	44
38～4638~46	70～7870～78	0～80~8	66
47～5147~51	84～9184～91	0～70 to 7	77

示例B13： Example B13 :

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表34所示中的至少一项。基于表34，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 34. Based on the table 34, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第7个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为6时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表34所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表34所示中的至少一项。基于表34，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 7th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 6, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 34, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 34. Based on the table 34, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

示例性地，基于表34，当控制信息中的时域信息的值为0至6时，其指示的SLIV值分别为7至13，对应的start分别为7至13，Length为1。当控制信息中的时域信息的值为7至12时，其指示的SLIV值分别为21至26，对应的start分别为7至12，Length为2。当控制信息中的时域信息的值为13至17时，其指示的SLIV值分别为35至39，对应的start分别为7至11，Length为3。当控制信息中的时域信息的值为18至21时，其指示的SLIV值分别为49至52，对应的start分别为7至10，Length为4。当控制信息中的时域信息的值为22至24时，其指示的SLIV值分别为63至65，对应的start分别为7至9，Length为5。当控制信息中的时域信息的值为25至26时，其指示的SLIV值分别为77至78，对应的start分别为7至8，Length为6。当控制信息中的时域信息的值为27时，其指示的SLIV值为91，对应的start为7，Length为7。Illustratively, based on Table 34, when the value of the time domain information in the control information is 0 to 6, the SLIV values indicated are 7 to 13, respectively, the corresponding start is 7 to 13, respectively, and the Length is 1. When the value of the time domain information in the control information is 7 to 12, the SLIV values indicated are 21 to 26, the corresponding start is 7 to 12, and the Length is 2. When the value of the time domain information in the control information is 13 to 17, the SLIV values indicated are 35 to 39, respectively, and the corresponding start is 7 to 11 and Length is 3. When the value of the time domain information in the control information is 18 to 21, the SLIV values indicated are 49 to 52, respectively, the corresponding start is 7 to 10, and the Length is 4. When the value of the time domain information in the control information is 22 to 24, the indicated SLIV values are 63 to 65, respectively, the corresponding start is 7 to 9, and the Length is 5. When the value of the time domain information in the control information is 25 to 26, the SLIV values indicated are 77 to 78, respectively, and the corresponding start is 7 to 8 and Length is 6. When the value of the time domain information in the control information is 27, the SLIV value indicated is 91, the corresponding start is 7, and the Length is 7.

表34Table 34

示例B14：Example B14:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第10个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为9时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表35所示中的至少一项。基于表35，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 9, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 35. Based on the table 35, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第10个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为9时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表35所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表35所示中的至少一项。基于表35，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 9, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 35, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 35. Based on the table 35, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表35Table 35

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～30 to 3	10～1310~13	10～1310~13	11
4～64~6	24～2624~26	10～1210~12	22
7～87~8	38～3938～39	10～1110~11	33
99	5252	1010	44

示例B15：Example B15:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第10个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为9时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表36所示中的至少一项。基于表36，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 9, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 36. Based on the table 36, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第10个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为9时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表36所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表36所示中的至少一项。基于表36，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 9, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 36, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 36. Based on the table 36, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表36Table 36

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～40 to 4	9～139 to 13	9～139 to 13	11
5～85~8	23～2623~26	9～129~12	22
9～119 to 11	37～3937～39	9～119 to 11	33
12～1312~13	51～5251～52	9～109 to 10	44
1414	6565	99	55

示例B16：Example B16:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第10个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为9时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表37所示中的至少一项。基于表37，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 9, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 37. Based on Table 37, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第10个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为9时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表37所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表37所示中的至少一项。基于表37，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 9, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 37, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 37. Based on Table 37, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表37Table 37

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～50 to 5	8～138~13	8～138~13	11
6～106 to 10	22～2622~26	8～128~12	22
11～1411~14	36～3936～39	8～118~11	33
15～1715~17	50～5250～52	8～108~10	44
18～1918~19	64～6564 to 65	8～98~9	55
2020	111111	88	66

示例B17： Example B17 :

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第10个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为9时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表38(a)所示中的至少一项。基于表38(a)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 9, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 38(a). Based on the table 38 (a), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location of the control channel or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第10个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为9时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表38(a)所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表38(a)所示中的至少一项。基于表38(a)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 9, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 38(a), and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 38(a). Based on the table 38 (a), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location of the control channel or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表38(a)Table 38 (a)

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～130~13	0～130~13	0～130~13	11
14～2614~26	14～2614~26	0～120~12	22
27～3827~38	28～3928~39	0～110～11	33
39～4939～49	42～5242～52	0～100 to 10	44
50～5950～59	56～6556~65	0～90 to 9	55
60～6860~68	70～7870～78	0～80~8	66

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第10个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为9时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系还可以如表38(b)所示中的至少一项。基于表38(b)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 9, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may also be at least one of those shown in Table 38(b). Based on the table 38(b), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第10个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为9时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV还可以如表38(b)所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系还可以如表38(b)所示中的至少一项。基于表38(b)，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 9, the SLIV set The included SLIV may also be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 38(b), and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may also be at least one of those shown in Table 38(b). . Based on the table (b), the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location of the control channel or the time domain location of the detected control channel is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表38(b)Table 38 (b)

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～130~13	0～130~13	0～130~13	11
14～2614~26	14～2614~26	0～120~12	22
27～3727~37	42～5242～52	0～100 to 10	44
38～4738～47	56～6556~65	0～90 to 9	55
48～5648~56	70～7870～78	0～80~8	66

示例B18：Example B18:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第10个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为9时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表39所示中的至少一项。基于表39，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 9, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 39. Based on Table 39, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第10个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为9时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表39所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表39所示中的至少一项。基于表39，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 9, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 39, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 39. Based on Table 39, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表39Table 39

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～130~13	0～130~13	0～130~13	11
14～2614~26	14～2614~26	0～120~12	22
28～3928~39	28～3928~39	0～110～11	33
42～5242～52	42～5242～52	0～100 to 10	44
56～6556~65	56～6556~65	0～90 to 9	55
70～7870～78	70～7870～78	0～80~8	66

示例B19：Example B19:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第12个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为11时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表40所示中的至少一项。基于表40，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。Time domain information if the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 12th symbol in the time slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 11 The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 40. Based on the table 40, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第12个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为11时， SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表40所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表40所示中的至少一项。基于表40，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 12th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 11, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 40, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 40. Based on the table 40, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表40Table 40

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～10~1	12～1312~13	12～1312~13	11
22	2626	1212	22

或者，如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第12个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为11时，对应关系为表41，其具体使用方法类似表40对应的描述，这里不再赘述。Or, if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is the 12th symbol in the time slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 11, the corresponding The relationship is Table 41, and the specific usage method is similar to the description corresponding to Table 40, and details are not described herein again.

表41Table 41

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIVSLIV	startStart	LengthLength
12～1312~13	12～1312~13	12～1312~13	11
2626	2626	1212	22

示例B20：Example B20:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第12个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为11时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表42所示中的至少一项。基于表42，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。Time domain information if the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 12th symbol in the time slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 11 The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 42. Based on the table 42, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第12个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为11时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表42所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表42所示中的至少一项。基于表42，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 12th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 11, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 42, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 42. Based on the table 42, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表42Table 42

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～20 to 2	11～1311~13	11～1311~13	11
3～43 to 4	25～2625~26	11～1211~12	22
55	3939	1111	33

或者，如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第12个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为11时，对应关系为表43，其具体使用方法类似表42对应的描述，这里不再赘述。Or, if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is the 12th symbol in the time slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 11, the corresponding The relationship is Table 43, and the specific usage method is similar to the description corresponding to Table 42, and details are not described herein again.

表43Table 43

时域信息的值Value of time domain information

SLIVSLIV

startStart

LengthLength

11～1311~13	11～1311~13	11～1311~13	11
25～2625~26	25～2625~26	11～1211~12	22
3939	3939	1111	33

示例B21：Example B21:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第12个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为11时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表44所示中的至少一项。基于表44，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。Time domain information if the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 12th symbol in the time slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 11 The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 44. Based on the table 44, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第12个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为11时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表44所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表44所示中的至少一项。基于表44，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 12th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 11, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 44, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 44. Based on the table 44, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表44Table 44

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～130~13	0～130~13	0～130~13	11
14～2614~26	14～2614~26	0～120~12	22
27～3827~38	28～3928~39	0～110～11	33

或者，如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第12个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为11时，对应关系为表45，其具体使用方法类似表44对应的描述，这里不再赘述。Or, if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is the 12th symbol in the time slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 11, the corresponding The relationship is Table 45, and the specific usage method is similar to the description corresponding to Table 44, and details are not described herein again.

表45Table 45

时域信息的值Value of time domain information	SLIV SLIV	startStart		LengthLength
0～130~13	0～130~13	0～130~13	11
14～2614~26	14～2614~26	0～120~12	22
28～3928~39	28～3928~39	0～110～11	33

示例B22：Example B22:

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第13个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为12时，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以如表46所示中的至少一项。基于表46，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 13th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 12, the time domain information The correspondence between the value and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 46. Based on the table 46, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第13个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为12时，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表46所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表46所示中的至少一项。基于表46，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol in which the control channel is located or the symbol in which the detected control channel is located is the 13th symbol in the slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 12, the SLIV set The included SLIV may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 46, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 46. Based on the table 46, the method of determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表46Table 46

或者，如果控制信道所在的符号或者检测到的控制信道所在的符号为时隙中的第13个符号，或者如果控制信道所在的符号或检测到的控制信道所在的符号的标识为12时，对应关系为表47，其具体使用方法类似表46对应的描述，这里不再赘述。Or, if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is the 13th symbol in the time slot, or if the symbol of the control channel or the symbol of the detected control channel is 12, the corresponding The relationship is Table 47, and the specific usage method is similar to the description corresponding to Table 46, and details are not described herein again.

表47Table 47

在本申请实施例提供的方法中，可选的，根据一个控制信道所在的时域位置集合或检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置集合，可以确定相同的时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系。In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, optionally, according to a time domain location set where a control channel is located or a time domain location set where the detected control channel is located, the value of the same time domain information and the correspondence of the SLIV may be determined. relationship.

在本申请实施例提供的方法中，可选的，根据一个控制信道所在的时域位置集合或检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置集合，可以确定相同的SLIV集合。In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, optionally, the same SLIV set may be determined according to a time domain location set in which one control channel is located or a time domain location set in which the detected control channel is located.

在本申请实施例提供的方法中，可选的，根据一个控制信道所在的时域位置集合或检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置集合，可以确定相同的SLIV集合，以及相同的时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系。In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, optionally, the same SLIV set and the same time domain information may be determined according to a time domain location set in which one control channel is located or a time domain location set in which the detected control channel is located. The correspondence between the value and SLIV in the SLIV set.

其中，一个控制信道所在的时域位置集合中可以包括一个或者多个控制信道所在的时域位置，一个检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置集合中包括一个或多个检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置。The time domain location set in which one control channel is located may include a time domain location where one or more control channels are located, and the detected time domain location set in the control channel includes one or more detected control channels. Time domain location.

下面以时域位置为符号位置为例，第一控制信道所在的时域位置集合或检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置集合中可以包括第Q1个符号和第Q2个符号。第二控制信道所在的时域位置集合或检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置集合中可以包括第Q3个符号和第Q4个符号。其中Q1，Q2，Q3，Q4为正整数。For example, the time domain location is a symbol location. The time domain location set in which the first control channel is located or the time domain location set in which the detected control channel is located may include a Q1st symbol and a Q2th symbol. The Q3th symbol and the Q4th symbol may be included in the set of time domain locations in which the second control channel is located or the set of time domain locations in which the detected control channel is located. Where Q1, Q2, Q3, and Q4 are positive integers.

或者，第一控制信道所在的符号位置集合或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中可以包括符号标识P1和符号标识P2。第二控制信道所在的符号位置集合或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中可以包括符号标识P3和符号标识P4。其中P1，P2，P3，P4为整数。Alternatively, the symbol location set in which the first control channel is located or the set of symbol locations in which the detected control channel is located may include a symbol identifier P1 and a symbol identifier P2. The symbol location set in which the second control channel is located or the set of symbol locations in which the detected control channel is located may include a symbol identifier P3 and a symbol identifier P4. Where P1, P2, P3, and P4 are integers.

其中，第一控制信道所在的符号位置集合或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合可以简称为第一集合，第二控制信道所在的符号位置集合或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合可以简称为第二集合。The set of symbol positions where the first control channel is located or the set of symbol positions where the detected control channel is located may be simply referred to as a first set, and the set of symbol positions where the second control channel is located or the set of symbol positions where the detected control channel is located may be Referred to as the second set.

可选的，控制信道所在的时域位置集合或检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置集合中包括的的时域位置可以是预配置的，也可以是基站通知终端的，本实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the time domain location set in the time domain location set in which the control channel is located or the time domain location included in the time domain location set in which the detected control channel is located may be pre-configured, or may be notified by the base station to the terminal. Not limited.

可选的，当控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为控制信道所在的符号位置集合或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中的至少一个符号位置时，则根据控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置确定的时域信息的指示信息，即为根据控制信道所在的符号位置集合或检测到的控制信息所在的符号位置集合确定的时域信息的指示信息。该方法还可以描述为：Optionally, when the symbol position where the control channel is located or the symbol position where the detected control channel is located is at least one symbol position of the set of symbol positions where the control channel is located or the detected set of symbol positions where the control channel is located, according to The indication information of the time domain information determined by the symbol position where the control channel is located or the symbol position where the detected control channel is located, that is, the time domain determined according to the set of symbol positions where the control channel is located or the set of symbol positions where the detected control information is located Informational indications. The method can also be described as:

可选的，当控制信道所在的符号位置为控制信道所在的符号位置集合中的至少一个符号位置时，根据控制信道所在的符号位置确定的时域信息的指示信息，即为根据控制信道所在的符号位置集合确定的时域信息的指示信息。Optionally, when the symbol position where the control channel is located is at least one symbol position in the set of symbol positions where the control channel is located, the indication information of the time domain information determined according to the symbol position where the control channel is located is determined according to the control channel. The indication information of the time domain information determined by the symbol position set.

可选的，当检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中的至少一个符号位置时，则根据检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置确定的时域信息的指示信息，即为根据检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合确定的时域信息的指示信息。Optionally, when the detected symbol position of the control channel is at least one symbol position in the set of symbol positions where the detected control channel is located, the time domain information determined according to the detected symbol position of the control channel is The indication information is indication information of time domain information determined according to the detected set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located.

示例C1：Example C1:

示例性地，如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为第1个符号和第2个符号，或如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为符号标识0和符号标识1，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以是如表48所示中的至少一项。基于表48，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。Illustratively, if the symbol position of the control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions where the detected control channel is located is the first symbol and The second symbol, or the symbol position where the control channel in which the control channel is included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the detected control channel in the set of symbol positions in which the detected control channel is located is the symbol identifier 0 And symbol identification 1, the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 48. Based on the table 48, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为第1个符号和第2个符号，或如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为符号标识0和符号标识1，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表48所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表48所示中的至少一项。基于表48，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol position of the control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions where the detected control channel is located is the first symbol and the second symbol Or if the symbol position of the control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the detected control channel is located is the symbol identifier 0 and the symbol identifier 1 The SLIV included in the SLIV set may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 48, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 48. Based on the table 48, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表48Table 48

3535

2727

00

1414

示例C2：Example C2:

如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为第6个符号和第7个符号，或如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为符号标识5和符号标识6，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以是如表49所示中的至少一项。基于表49，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol position of the control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions where the detected control channel is located is the sixth symbol and the seventh symbol Or if the symbol position of the control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the detected control channel is located is the symbol identifier 5 and the symbol identifier 6 The correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 49. Based on the table 49, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为第6个符号和第7个符号，或如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为符号标识5和符号标识6，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表49所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表49所示中的至少一项。基于表49，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol position of the control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions where the detected control channel is located is the sixth symbol and the seventh symbol Or if the symbol position of the control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the detected control channel is located is the symbol identifier 5 and the symbol identifier 6 The SLIV included in the SLIV set may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 49, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 49. Based on the table 49, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表49Table 49

示例C3：Example C3:

如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为第10个符号和第11个符号，或如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为符号标识9和符号标识10，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以是如表50所示中的至少一项。基于表50，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol position of the control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions where the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol and the 11th symbol Or if the symbol position of the control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the detected control channel is located is the symbol identifier 9 and the symbol identifier 10 The correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 50. Based on the table 50, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为第10个符号和第11个符号，或如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为符号标识9和符号标识10，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表50所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表50所示中的至少一项。基于表50，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。If the symbol position of the control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions where the detected control channel is located is the 10th symbol and the 11th symbol Or if the symbol position of the control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the detected control channel is located is the symbol identifier 9 and the symbol identifier 10 The SLIV included in the SLIV set may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 50, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 50. Based on the table 50, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表50Table 50

示例C4：Example C4:

如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为第13个符号和第14个符号，或如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为符号标识12和符号标识13，时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系可以是如表51所示中的至少一项。基于表51，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。The symbol position where the control channel included in the set of symbol positions included in the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions where the detected control channel is located is the 13th symbol and the 14th symbol Or if the symbol position of the control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the detected control channel is located is the symbol identifier 12 and the symbol identifier 13 The correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV may be at least one of those shown in Table 51. Based on the table 51, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为第13个符号和第14个符号，或如果控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的控制信道所在的符号位置或检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置集合中包括的检测到的控制信道所在的符号位置为符号标识12和符号标识13，SLIV集合中包括的SLIV可以如表51所示的SLIV中的至少一项，时域信息的值和SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系可以如表51所示中的至少一项。基于表51，根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息指示的信息的方法类似示例B1中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。The symbol position where the control channel included in the set of symbol positions included in the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions where the detected control channel is located is the 13th symbol and the 14th symbol Or if the symbol position of the control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the control channel is located or the symbol position of the detected control channel included in the set of symbol positions in which the detected control channel is located is the symbol identifier 12 and the symbol identifier 13 The SLIV included in the SLIV set may be at least one of the SLIVs shown in Table 51, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set may be at least one of those shown in Table 51. Based on the table 51, the method for determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located is similar to the corresponding description in the example B1, and details are not described herein again.

表51Table 51

实施例三、根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的指示方法。Embodiment 3: A method for indicating time domain information according to a detection period of a control channel.

可选的，终端和/或基站根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, the terminal and/or the base station determines the indication method of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel and the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the indication method of the time domain information.

可选的，所述指示方法包括以下至少一项：指示起始第一时间单元和终止第一时间单元、指示起始第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数、指示终止第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数、指示起始第二时间单元、指示终止第二时间单元、和指示第二时间单元的个数。上述时间单元可以为符号，时隙，微时隙，子帧等。Optionally, the indication method includes at least one of: initiating a first time unit and terminating a first time unit, indicating a number of starting the first time unit and the first time unit, indicating termination of the first time unit And a number of the first time unit, indicating the start second time unit, indicating the termination of the second time unit, and indicating the number of the second time unit. The above time units may be symbols, time slots, mini-slots, subframes, and the like.

可选的，所述指示方法包括：指示起始位置和终止位置、指示起始位置和时域长度、指示终止位置和时域长度、指示起始位置、指示终止位置、指示时域长度中的至少一项。可选的，根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及所述控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, the indication method includes: indicating a start position and a stop position, indicating a start position and a time domain length, indicating a termination position and a time domain length, indicating a start position, indicating a termination position, and indicating a time domain length. At least one. Optionally, the method for indicating the time domain information is determined according to a detection period of the control channel and a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and an indication method of time domain information.

通过该方法，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，可以简化所述时域信息的设计。By this method, the design of the time domain information can be simplified by setting the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the indication method of the time domain information.

可选的，通过预定义控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, the method for indicating the time domain information is determined by a correspondence between a detection period of the predefined control channel and an indication method of the time domain information.

可选的，通过配置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定时域信息的指示方法。具体的，可以是基站通过信令告知终端控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示方法的对应关系。所述信令可以是物理层信令或者高层信令，具体的，不做限定。Optionally, the method for indicating time domain information is determined by configuring a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and an indication method of the time domain information. Specifically, the base station may notify the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel of the terminal and the indication method of the time domain information by signaling. The signaling may be physical layer signaling or high layer signaling, and is not limited.

可选的，通过控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的指示方法可以是通过如下实施方式进行。Optionally, the method for determining the time domain information by using a corresponding relationship between the detection period of the control channel and the indication method of the time domain information may be performed by the following implementation manner.

具体的，例如控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，对应的指示方法为指示起始位置和终止位置。具体的可以是联合指示和分开指示中的至少一项。Specifically, for example, when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the corresponding indication method is to indicate the start position and the end position. Specifically, it may be at least one of a joint indication and a separate indication.

例如控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，对应的指示方法为指示起始位置和终止位置，分开指示。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, the corresponding indication method is to indicate the start position and the end position, and separately indicate.

例如控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，对应的指示方法为指示起始位置和终止位置，联合指示。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the corresponding indication method is to indicate the start position and the end position, and the joint indication.

可选的，也可以根据控制信道的检测周期预定义其他的指示方式或者同一指示方式的不同指示方法。Optionally, other indication manners or different indication methods of the same indication manner may be predefined according to a detection period of the control channel.

可选的，还可以根据控制信道的检测周期预定义多种指示方式和/或指示方法，再通过高层信令或物理层信令指示具体采用的指示方式和/或指示方法，本申请对其不做限定。Optionally, a plurality of indication manners and/or indication methods may be predefined according to a detection period of the control channel, and then the indication manner and/or indication method specifically used by the high layer signaling or the physical layer signaling is used, and the application Not limited.

可选的，时域信息的指示方法可以是下面的指示方法中的至少一项，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, the method for indicating time domain information may be at least one of the following indication methods, and determining a method for indicating time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel.

指示方式一：指示数据信道的起始位置和终止位置，其中，起始位置和终止位置可以联合指示，起始位置和终止位置也可以分开指示。The indication mode 1: indicates the start position and the end position of the data channel, wherein the start position and the end position may be jointly indicated, and the start position and the end position may also be separately indicated.

指示方式二：指示数据信道的起始位置和时域长度，其中，起始位置和时域长度可以联合指示，起始位置和时域长度也可以分开指示。Indication mode 2: indicates the starting position and the time domain length of the data channel, wherein the starting position and the time domain length can be jointly indicated, and the starting position and the time domain length can also be separately indicated.

指示方式三：指示数据信道的终止位置和时域长度，其中，终止位置和时域长度可以联合指示，终止位置和时域长度也可以分开指示。The indication mode 3: indicates the termination position and the time domain length of the data channel, wherein the termination location and the time domain length may be jointly indicated, and the termination location and the time domain length may also be separately indicated.

指示方式四：指示方式可以是采用预定义的时域信息。具体的，该方式下控制信道中可以没有时域信息。例如，可以是采用默认的时域信息，比如默认起始位置是slot的第一个符号，结束位置是slot的最后一个符号，或者默认起始位置是控制信道检测的符号之后的第一个符号，结束位置是slot的最后一个符号。其他的预定义的方式，并不排除，具体的，在此不做限定。Indication mode 4: The indication mode may be the use of predefined time domain information. Specifically, there may be no time domain information in the control channel in this manner. For example, the default time domain information may be used. For example, the default starting position is the first symbol of the slot, the ending position is the last symbol of the slot, or the default starting position is the first symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel. The end position is the last symbol of the slot. Other predefined ways are not excluded, and specific, not limited herein.

指示方式五：指示方式可以是显示指示，隐式指示，表格指示等等中的至少一项。具体的，当使用表格指示时，可以预定义表格中的索引或标识(index)和数据信道的时域资源位置间的关系，基站为终端发送index，终端通过该index和上述index和数据信道的时域资源位置间的关系确定数据信道的时域资源位置。Indication mode 5: The indication mode may be at least one of a display indication, an implicit indication, a form indication, and the like. Specifically, when the table indication is used, the relationship between the index or the index in the table and the time domain resource location of the data channel may be predefined, and the base station sends an index for the terminal, and the terminal passes the index and the index and the data channel. The relationship between time domain resource locations determines the time domain resource location of the data channel.

可选的，指示方法也可以是仅指示起始位置，终止位置，时域长度中的一项。比如控制信息中仅指示起始位置，此时，终止位置或时域长度可以是预定义的，或者高层信令通知的。比如控制信息中仅指示终止位置，此时，起始位置或时域长度可以是预定义的，或者高层信令通知的。比如控制信息中仅指示时域长度，起始位置或终止位置可以是预定义的，或者高层信令通知的。具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the indicating method may also be only one of indicating a starting position, a ending position, and a time domain length. For example, only the starting position is indicated in the control information. In this case, the terminating position or the length of the time domain may be predefined or notified by higher layer signaling. For example, only the termination location is indicated in the control information. In this case, the start location or the time domain length may be predefined or reported by a higher layer signaling. For example, the control information only indicates the length of the time domain, and the starting position or the ending position may be predefined or notified by higher layer signaling. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

可选的，本发明中的时域信息的指示方法仅是举例，其他的指示方法并不排除。具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the method for indicating the time domain information in the present invention is only an example, and other indication methods are not excluded. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

可选的，本发明中的控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示方法的对应关系仅是举例，其他的对应关系并不排除。具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the indication method of the time domain information in the present invention is only an example, and other correspondences are not excluded. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

实施例四、根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法。Embodiment 4: Determine information indicating time domain information and indication method of time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel.

可选的，终端和/或基站根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, the terminal and/or the base station determine the information indicated by the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel.

可选的，根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及所述控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定所述控制信息中的时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, determining, according to the detection period of the control channel, the detection period of the control channel, the correspondence between the information indicated by the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information, determining the time domain information indication in the control information. Information and time domain information indication methods.

可选的，在描述具体实施例时，通常是将上述实施例二、三相结合。Alternatively, in describing the specific embodiment, the above embodiment 2 and the three phases are generally combined.

可选的，通过预定义或者信令配置的方式确定控制信息采用以下指示方式中的至少一种指示数据信道的时域资源：其中，信令配置包括：物理层信令(例如DCI)或者高层信令，上述高层信令包括：无线资源控制(Radio resource control，RRC)信令或媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control，MAC)信令。Optionally, determining, by using a predefined or signaling configuration manner, the control information indicates a time domain resource of the data channel by using at least one of the following indication manners: where the signaling configuration includes: physical layer signaling (eg, DCI) or a high layer Signaling, the foregoing high layer signaling includes: Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or Medium Access Control (MAC) signaling.

指示方式二：指示起始位置和时域长度，其中，起始位置和时域长度可以联合指示，起始位置和时域长度也可以分开指示。Indication mode 2: indicates a starting position and a time domain length, wherein the starting position and the time domain length may be jointly indicated, and the starting position and the time domain length may also be separately indicated.

指示方式三：指示数据信道的终止位置和时域长度，其中，终止位置和时域长度可以联合指示，终止位置和长度标识也可以分开指示。The indication mode 3: indicates the termination position and the time domain length of the data channel, wherein the termination location and the time domain length may be jointly indicated, and the termination location and the length identifier may also be separately indicated.

指示方式四：指示方式可以是采用预定义的时域信息。具体的，该方式下控制信息中可以没有时域信息。例如，可以是采用默认的时域信息，比如默认起始位置是slot的第一个符号，结束位置是slot的最后一个符号，或者默认起始位置是控制信道检测的符号之后的第一个符号，结束位置是slot的最后一个符号。其他的预定义的方式，并不排除，具体的，在此不做限定。Indication mode 4: The indication mode may be the use of predefined time domain information. Specifically, the time domain information may not be included in the control information in this manner. For example, the default time domain information may be used. For example, the default starting position is the first symbol of the slot, the ending position is the last symbol of the slot, or the default starting position is the first symbol after the symbol detected by the control channel. The end position is the last symbol of the slot. Other predefined ways are not excluded, and specific, not limited herein.

可选的，指示方法也可以仅指示起始位置，终止位置，时域长度中的一项。比如控制信息中仅指示起始位置，此时，终止位置或时域长度可以是预定义的，或者高层信令通知的。比如控制信息中仅指示终止位置，此时，起始位置或时域长度可以是预定义的，或者高层信令通知的。比如控制信息中仅指示时域长度，起始位置或终止位置可以是预定义的，或者高层信令通知的。具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the indication method may also only indicate one of a starting position, a ending position, and a time domain length. For example, only the starting position is indicated in the control information. In this case, the terminating position or the length of the time domain may be predefined or notified by higher layer signaling. For example, only the termination location is indicated in the control information. In this case, the start location or the time domain length may be predefined or reported by a higher layer signaling. For example, the control information only indicates the length of the time domain, and the starting position or the ending position may be predefined or notified by higher layer signaling. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

下面针对指示方式五中的表格指示进行详细的说明。The detailed description of the table indication in the fifth mode is given below.

如表4所示，规定了起始位置(stating)和终止位置(ending)的状态与index的关系，若实际中数据信道的时域信息为(1,0)，其中1代表starting的符号位置，0代表ending的符号位置，此时基站向终端指示index0即可。表4仅是举例，其他的起始位置和/或其他的终止位置和/或其他的标识index和/或其他的起始位置和/或终止位置与标识的对应关系并不排除，具体的，在此不做限定。As shown in Table 4, the relationship between the state of the starting position and the ending position and the index is specified. If the time domain information of the data channel is actually (1, 0), where 1 represents the symbol position of the starting. 0 represents the symbol position of the ending, and the base station can indicate index0 to the terminal. Table 4 is only an example, and the correspondence between other starting positions and/or other ending positions and/or other identifying indexes and/or other starting positions and/or ending positions and signs is not excluded, specifically, There is no limit here.

表4Table 4

具体的，starting的含义可以表示数据信道开始的位置，例如起始位置0(可简称为0)代表slot的符号0，即数据信道的时域资源是从slot的第一个符号开始；起始位置1代表slot的符号1，即数据信道的时域资源是从slot的第二个符号开始，以此类推，本申请不其不做限定。Specifically, the meaning of starting may indicate the location where the data channel starts. For example, the starting position 0 (which may be abbreviated as 0) represents the symbol 0 of the slot, that is, the time domain resource of the data channel starts from the first symbol of the slot; The position 1 represents the symbol 1 of the slot, that is, the time domain resource of the data channel starts from the second symbol of the slot, and so on, and the present application does not limit it.

可选的，ending的含义表示数据信道结束的位置，例如终止位置0(可简称为0)代表slot中的最后一个符号，即数据信道传输的符号包括slot的最后一个符号；终止位置-1代表slot中的倒数第一个符号，即slot的倒数第一个符号不用于数据传输，即数据信道传输的符号不包括slot中的最后一个符号；终止位置-2代表slot中的倒数第二个符号，即数据信道的符号不包括slot的倒数第二个符号以及slot中的之后的符号，即slot中的倒数第二个符号以及slot中的之后的符号不用于数据传输，即数据信道传输的符号不包括最后一个符号以及倒数第二个符号；以此类推，本申请不其不做限定。Optionally, the meaning of ending indicates the end of the data channel. For example, the termination position 0 (which may be abbreviated as 0) represents the last symbol in the slot, that is, the symbol transmitted by the data channel includes the last symbol of the slot; the termination position -1 represents The first sign of the last number in the slot, that is, the first sign of the last of the slot is not used for data transmission, that is, the symbol transmitted by the data channel does not include the last symbol in the slot; the end position -2 represents the penultimate symbol in the slot. , that is, the symbol of the data channel does not include the penultimate symbol of the slot and the subsequent symbols in the slot, that is, the penultimate symbol in the slot and the subsequent symbols in the slot are not used for data transmission, that is, the symbol of the data channel transmission. The last symbol and the penultimate symbol are not included; and so on, the application is not limited thereto.

可选的，ending的含义还可以表示数据信道的时域终止位置与时域起始位置的位置关系，例如终止位置1代表时域起始位置之后的第1个符号为数据信道的时域终止位置；终止位置2代表时域起始位置之后的第2个符号为数据信道的时域终止位置，以此类推，本申请对其不做限定。其中，时域起始位置可以是预定义的，或通过高层信令配置的或通过物理层信令配置的。Optionally, the meaning of the ending may also indicate a positional relationship between the time domain end position of the data channel and the start time of the time domain. For example, the termination symbol 1 represents the first symbol after the start of the time domain is the time domain termination of the data channel. The second symbol after the termination position 2 represents the start of the time domain is the time domain termination position of the data channel, and so on, which is not limited in the present application. The time domain start location may be predefined, or configured by high layer signaling or configured by physical layer signaling.

可选的，表格中也可以规定起始位置(stating)和时域长度(duration)的状态与index的关系，或者也可以规定终止位置(ending)和时域长度(duration)的状态与index 的关系，或者也可以规定起始位置的状态与index的关系，或者也可以规定终止位置的状态与index的关系，或者也可以规定时域长度的状态与index的关系。具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the table may also specify the relationship between the state of the starting position and the duration of the time period and the index, or may also specify the state of the ending position and the duration of the time domain and the index. The relationship may be defined by the relationship between the state of the starting position and the index, or the relationship between the state of the terminating position and the index, or the relationship between the state of the time domain length and the index. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

可选的，时域长度或个数的含义表示数据信道在时域的持续时间长度。可以是指持续的符号个数，或者持续的slot个数，或者是指持续的时间单位的个数，其中时间单位可以是指符号，时隙，微时隙，子帧，无线帧等等。Optionally, the meaning of the length or number of time domains indicates the duration of the data channel in the time domain. It can refer to the number of persistent symbols, or the number of consecutive slots, or the number of consecutive time units, where the time units can refer to symbols, time slots, mini-slots, subframes, radio frames, and so on.

可选的，根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及所述控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定所述时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, determining the information and the time domain indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel and the detection period of the control channel and the correspondence between the information indicated by the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information The indication method of the information.

通过该方法，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，可以简化所述时域信息的设计。By this method, the design of the time domain information can be simplified by setting the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information.

可选的，通过预定义控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, the information indicated by the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information are determined by the correspondence between the detection period of the predefined control channel and the indication information of the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information.

可选的，通过配置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法。具体的，可以是基站通过信令告知终端控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示信息和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系。所述信令可以是物理层信令或者高层信令，具体的，不做限定。Optionally, the information indicating the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information are determined by configuring a correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information. Specifically, the base station may notify the correspondence between the detection period of the terminal control channel and the indication information of the time domain information indication information and the time domain information by signaling. The signaling may be physical layer signaling or high layer signaling, and is not limited.

可选的，通过控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息和时域信息指示的方法的对应关系，确定所述时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法的方式可以是通过如下实施方式进行。Optionally, the manner of determining the information indicated by the time domain information and the method for indicating the time domain information by using the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information and the method indicated by the time domain information may be as follows The implementation proceeds.

具体的，可以根据控制信道的检测周期以及所述检测周期与时域信息的组合或表格的对应关系，确定所述控制信息中的时域信息的组合或表格。Specifically, the combination or table of the time domain information in the control information may be determined according to the detection period of the control channel and the combination of the detection period and the time domain information or the correspondence between the tables.

可选的，根据时域信息的组合或表格可以确定时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, the information indicated by the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information may be determined according to the combination or table of the time domain information.

可选的，时域信息的组合或表格也可以是指时域信息的组合值。其中时域信息的组合值用于指示数据信道的时域信息。Optionally, the combination or table of time domain information may also refer to a combined value of time domain information. The combined value of the time domain information is used to indicate time domain information of the data channel.

可选的，通过控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定所述时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法的方式可以是通过如下实施方式进行。Optionally, the method for determining the information indicating the time domain information and the method for indicating the time domain information by using the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information may be as follows The implementation proceeds.

例1、当控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，对应如下表5中的时域信息的组合或表格或组合值。其中表格中的starting和ending的含义可以是上述实施例中的至少一种。具体的，可以参考之前实施例的描述，具体的，在此不再赘述。表5仅是举例，其他的起始位置和/或其他的终止位置和/或其他的标识index和/或其他的起始位置和/或终止位置与标识的对应关系并不排除，具体的，在此不做限定。其他的时域信息的组合或表格或组合值并不排除，具体的，在此不做限制。Example 1. When the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, it corresponds to the combination or table or combination value of the time domain information in Table 5 below. The meaning of starting and ending in the table may be at least one of the above embodiments. For details, refer to the description of the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again. Table 5 is only an example, and the correspondence between other starting positions and/or other ending positions and/or other identifying indexes and/or other starting positions and/or ending positions and signs is not excluded, specifically, There is no limit here. Other combinations of time domain information or table or combination values are not excluded, and specific, there is no limitation here.

表5table 5

IndexIndex

startingStarting

IndexIndex

endingEnding

00	11	00	00
11	22	11	-1-1
22	33	22	-2-2
33	44	33	-3-3

例2、当控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，对应如下表6中的时域信息的组合或表格或组合值。其中表格中的starting和ending的含义可以是上述实施例中的至少一种。具体的，可以参考之前实施例的描述，具体的，在此不再赘述。表6仅是举例，其他的起始位置和/或其他的终止位置和/或其他的标识index和/或其他的起始位置和/或终止位置与标识的对应关系并不排除，具体的，在此不做限定。其他的时域信息的组合或表格或组合值并不排除，具体的，在此不做限制。Example 2. When the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, it corresponds to the combination or table or combination value of the time domain information in Table 6 below. The meaning of starting and ending in the table may be at least one of the above embodiments. For details, refer to the description of the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again. Table 6 is only an example, and the correspondence between other starting positions and/or other ending positions and/or other identifying indexes and/or other starting positions and/or ending positions and signs is not excluded, specifically, There is no limit here. Other combinations of time domain information or table or combination values are not excluded, and specific, there is no limitation here.

表6Table 6

IndexIndex	startingStarting	IndexIndex	endingEnding
00	11	00	00
11	22	11	-1-1
22	33	22	-2-2
33	44	33	-3-3
44	55	44	-4-4
55	66	55	-5-5
66	77	66	-6-6
77	88	77	-7-7

例3、当控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，对应如下表7中的时域信息的组合或表格或组合值。其中表格中的starting和ending的含义可以是上述实施例中的至少一种。具体的，可以参考之前实施例的描述，具体的，在此不再赘述。其他的时域信息的组合或表格或组合值并不排除，具体的，在此不做限制。Example 3: When the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, it corresponds to the combination or table or combination value of the time domain information in Table 7 below. The meaning of starting and ending in the table may be at least one of the above embodiments. For details, refer to the description of the previous embodiment, and details are not described herein again. Other combinations of time domain information or table or combination values are not excluded, and specific, there is no limitation here.

表7Table 7

IndexIndex	Starting,endingStarting,ending
00	(1，0)(1,0)
11	(1，-1)(1,-1)
22	(2，0)(2,0)
33	reservedReserved

可选的，本发明中的控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的组合或表格或组合值的对应关系仅是举例，其他的对应关系并不排除。具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the time domain information in the present invention or the correspondence between the table or the combined value is only an example, and other correspondences are not excluded. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

上述表格中的组合可以是指高层信号或者物理层信令中指示的时域信息。组合可以是starting和ending的联合取值，或starting和ending的分别取值，或starting和时域长度的联合取值，或starting和时域长度的分别取值，或者ending的取值或时域长度的取值或starting的取值等等，针对不同的控制信道的检测周期可以对应不同的组合或表格或组合值，本申请对其不做限定。The combination in the above table may refer to the time domain information indicated in the higher layer signal or the physical layer signaling. The combination can be the combined value of starting and ending, or the separate values of starting and ending, or the combined value of starting and time domain length, or the value of starting and time domain length respectively, or the value of ending or time domain. The value of the length or the value of the starting, etc., may be corresponding to different combinations or tables or combination values for the detection periods of different control channels, which is not limited in this application.

可选的，组合可以是指起始位置的可能的取值集合，或终止位置的可能的取值集合，或时域长度的可能的取值集合，或者是starting和ending的联合取值的取值集合，或starting和时域长度的联合取值的取值集合，或者ending和时域长度的联合取值的取值集合等等。取值集合中可以包括一个或者多个取值。具体的，在此不做限定。Optionally, the combination may be a possible set of values of the starting position, or a set of possible values of the ending position, or a set of possible values of the length of the time domain, or a combination of the starting values of the starting and ending. A set of values, or a set of values of joint values of starting and time domain lengths, or a set of values of joint values of ending and time domain length, and so on. The value set can include one or more values. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

可选的，实施例一、实施例二、实施例三或实施例四可以作为独立的实施例，也可以是至少两个相结合，也可以与本发明中的其他实施例结合，本申请对其不做限定。Optionally, the first embodiment, the second embodiment, the third embodiment, or the fourth embodiment may be used as an independent embodiment, or may be combined with at least two, or may be combined with other embodiments in the present invention. It is not limited.

可选的，实施例一与实施例二结合的实施例为根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息。Optionally, the embodiment of the first embodiment combined with the second embodiment is to determine the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel.

可选的，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息可以是通过控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期和时域信息的比特数的对应关系确定时域信息的比特数，通过控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期和时域信息指示的信息的对应关系确定时域信息指示的信息。可选的，可以通过时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息两者独立的对应关系确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息。两者独立的对应关系可以分别是指实施例一和实施例二中的对应关系。Optionally, determining the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel may be determined by the detection period of the control channel and the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain information. The number of bits of the domain information determines the information indicated by the time domain information by the detection period of the control channel and the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information. Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information may be determined by the independent correspondence between the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information. The corresponding correspondence between the two can refer to the corresponding relationship in the first embodiment and the second embodiment respectively.

可选的，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息可以是通过控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期和时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示信息的对应关系确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息。可选的，可以通过时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息两者相关联的对应关系确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息。Optionally, determining the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel may be indicated by a detection period of the control channel, a detection period of the control channel, and a bit number and time domain information of the time domain information. The correspondence relationship of the information determines the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information. Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information may be determined by a correspondence relationship between the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information.

可选的，时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息两者相关联的对应关系可以是如下的对应关系。如下的对应关系仅是举例，其他的对应关系并不排除，具体的，在此不做限制。Optionally, the correspondence between the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information may be the following correspondence. The following correspondences are only examples, and other correspondences are not excluded. Specifically, no limitation is imposed herein.

比如当控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，对应的时域信息的比特数为G1，G1为大于等于0的整数并对应的时域信息指示的信息为与上述实施例中的描述的时域信息指示的信息类似，具体的在此不再赘述。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the number of bits of the corresponding time domain information is G1, G1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the information indicated by the corresponding time domain information is the same as that described in the foregoing embodiment. The information indicated by the domain information is similar, and details are not described here.

比如当控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，对应的时域信息的比特数为G2，G2为大于等于0的整数并对应的时域信息指示的信息为与上述实施例中的描述的时域信息指示的信息类似，具体的在此不再赘述。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the number of bits of the corresponding time domain information is G2, G2 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the information indicated by the corresponding time domain information is the time described in the foregoing embodiment. The information indicated by the domain information is similar, and details are not described here.

可选的，通过上述一个对应关系即可确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息。可选的，实施例一与实施例三结合的实施例为根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information may be determined by using the foregoing one correspondence. Optionally, the embodiment in combination with the third embodiment and the third embodiment is a method for determining the number of bits of the time domain information and the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel.

可选的，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法可以是通过控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期和时域信息的比特数的对应关系确定时域信息的比特数，通过控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系确定时域信息的指示方法。可选的，可以通过时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法两者独立的对应关系确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法。两者独立的对应关系可以分别是指实施例一和实施例三中的对应关系。Optionally, the method for determining the number of bits of the time domain information and the indication of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel may be determined by the detection period of the control channel and the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the number of bits of the time domain information. The number of bits of the domain information is determined by the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the detection period of the control channel and the indication method of the time domain information. Optionally, the method for indicating the number of bits of the time domain information and the time domain information may be determined by the independent correspondence between the number of bits of the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information. The independent correspondence between the two can refer to the corresponding relationship in the first embodiment and the third embodiment, respectively.

可选的，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法可以是通过控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期和时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法。可选的，可以通过时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法两者相关联的对应关系确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, the method for determining the number of bits of the time domain information and the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel may be the detection period of the control channel, the detection period of the control channel, and the number of bits and time domain information of the time domain information. The correspondence relationship of the indication methods determines the number of bits of the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information. Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information may be determined by a correspondence relationship between the number of bits of the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information.

可选的，时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法两者相关联的对应关系可以是如下的对应关系。如下的对应关系仅是举例，其他的对应关系并不排除，具体的，在此不做限制。Optionally, the correspondence between the number of bits of the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information may be the following correspondence. The following correspondences are only examples, and other correspondences are not excluded. Specifically, no limitation is imposed herein.

比如当控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，对应的时域信息的比特数为H1，H1为大于等于0的整数并对应的时域信息的指示方法为与上述实施例中的描述的时域信息的指示方法类似，具体的在此不再赘述。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the number of bits of the corresponding time domain information is H1, H1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the corresponding time domain information indication method is as described in the foregoing embodiment. The indication method of the domain information is similar, and details are not described herein again.

比如当控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，对应的时域信息的比特数为H2，H2为大于等于0的整数并对应的时域信息的指示方法为与上述实施例中的描述的时域信息的指示方法类似，具体的在此不再赘述。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the number of bits of the corresponding time domain information is H2, H2 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the corresponding time domain information indication method is the same as described in the foregoing embodiment. The indication method of the domain information is similar, and details are not described herein again.

可选的，通过上述一个对应关系即可确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, the method for indicating the number of bits of the time domain information and the time domain information may be determined by using the foregoing one correspondence.

可选的，实施例一与实施例二以及与实施例三结合的实施例为根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, the embodiment in combination with the second embodiment and the third embodiment is an indication method for determining the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information and the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel.

可选的，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法可以是通过控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期和时域信息的比特数的对应关系确定时域信息的比特数，通过控制信道的检测周期和时域信息指示的信息的对应关系确定时域信息指示的信息，通过控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期和时域信息的指示方法的对应关系确定时域信息的指示方法。可选的，可以通过时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法三者独立的对应关系确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息的指示方法。三者独立的对应关系可以分别是指实施例一，实施例二和实施例三中的对应关系。Optionally, determining the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information and the indication manner of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel may be a detection period of the control channel and a detection period and time domain information of the control channel. The correspondence between the number of bits determines the number of bits of the time domain information, and the information indicated by the time domain information is determined by the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the information indicated by the time domain information, and the detection period of the control channel and the detection period of the control channel are The correspondence relationship between the indication methods of the time domain information determines the indication method of the time domain information. Optionally, the method for indicating the number of bits of the time domain information and the time domain information may be determined by using the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information and the indication method of the time domain information. The three independent correspondences may refer to the corresponding relationships in the first embodiment, the second embodiment, and the third embodiment, respectively.

可选的，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数和时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法可以是通过控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期和时域信息的比特数，时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法三者中的至少两者的对应关系确定时域信息的比特数，时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法。可选的，可以通过时域信息的比特数，时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法三者中至少两者相关联的对应关系(如上述实施例所述，具体的对应关系，在此不再赘述)，确定时域信息的比特数，时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, determining the number of bits of the time domain information and the information indicated by the time domain information and the indication manner of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel may be a detection period of the control channel and a detection period and time domain information of the control channel. The correspondence between the number of bits, the information indicated by the time domain information, and the indication method of the time domain information determines the number of bits of the time domain information, the information indicated by the time domain information, and the method of indicating the time domain information. Optionally, the corresponding relationship between the number of bits of the time domain information, the information indicated by the time domain information, and the indication method of the time domain information may be used (as described in the foregoing embodiment, the specific correspondence, The details of the number of bits of the time domain information, the information indicated by the time domain information, and the method of indicating the time domain information are determined.

可选的，时域信息的比特数，时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法三者相关联的对应关系可以是如下的对应关系。如下的对应关系仅是举例，其他的对应关系并不排除，具体的，在此不做限制。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information, the information indicated by the time domain information, and the indication method of the time domain information may be the following correspondences. The following correspondences are only examples, and other correspondences are not excluded. Specifically, no limitation is imposed herein.

比如当控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，对应的时域信息的比特数为L1，L1为大于等于0的整数，对应的时域信息的指示信息为与上述实施例中描述的时域信息指示的信息类似，对应的时域信息的指示方法为与上述实施例中的描述的时域信息的指示方法类似，具体的在此不再赘述。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the number of bits of the corresponding time domain information is L1, L1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the indication information of the corresponding time domain information is the time domain described in the foregoing embodiment. The information indicated by the information is similar, and the method for indicating the corresponding time domain information is similar to the method for indicating the time domain information described in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.

比如当控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，对应的时域信息的比特数为L2，L2为大于等于0的整数，对应的时域信息的指示信息为与上述实施例中描述的时域信息指示的信息类似，对应的时域信息的指示方法为与上述实施例中的描述的时域信息的指示方法类似，具体的在此不再赘述。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the number of bits of the corresponding time domain information is L2, and L2 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the indication information of the corresponding time domain information is the time domain described in the foregoing embodiment. The information indicated by the information is similar, and the method for indicating the corresponding time domain information is similar to the method for indicating the time domain information described in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.

可选的，通过上述一个对应关系即可确定时域信息的比特数，时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法。Optionally, the number of bits of the time domain information, the information indicated by the time domain information, and the indication method of the time domain information may be determined by using the foregoing one correspondence.

可选的，同一周期下，不同的业务也可以确定不同的时域信息指示的信息或bit含义或者时域信息的指示方法。具体的，不同的业务可以是指URLLC业务，eMBB业务等。不同的业务对应有不同的业务需求，例如包的大小，时延，可靠性等等。，针对URLLC可以是对应比较小的数据包，eMBB可以是对应相对大的数据包。两者对应的时域信息指示的信息或bit含义或者时域信息的指示方法可以是不一样。Optionally, different services may also determine different time domain information indication information or bit meaning or time domain information indication method in the same period. Specifically, different services may refer to a URLLC service, an eMBB service, and the like. Different services correspond to different business requirements, such as packet size, delay, reliability, and so on. For the URLLC, it may be a relatively small data packet, and the eMBB may be a relatively large data packet. The information indicated by the time domain information corresponding to the two or the meaning of the bit or the indication method of the time domain information may be different.

举例说明：例如URLLC业务和eMBB业务都对应控制信道的检测周期为7符号，针对URLLC和eMBB的控制信息中时域信息的3bit对应的解释可以是不同的，比如URLLC业务对应的表格如表8所示，eMBB业务对应的表格如表9所示。For example, the detection period of the control channel for the URLLC service and the eMBB service is 7 symbols, and the interpretation of the 3 bit correspondence of the time domain information in the control information of the URLLC and the eMBB may be different. For example, the table corresponding to the URLLC service is as shown in Table 8. As shown in the table, the corresponding table of the eMBB service is shown in Table 9.

表8Table 8

IndexIndex	startingStarting	endingEnding
00	11	00
11	11	-1-1
22	33	-3-3
33	33	-5-5
44	55	00
55	55	-1-1
66	77	-3-3
77	77	-5-5

表9Table 9

IndexIndex	startingStarting	endingEnding
00	11	00
11	11	-1-1

22	22	00
33	22	-1-1
44	33	00
55	33	-1-1
66	44	00
77	44	-1-1

在一种可能的实现方式中，还方法还包括根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的指示粒度，该实现方式可以与上述实施例中的至少一个相结合，也可以作为独立的实施例，具体的在此不做限定。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes determining an indication granularity of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel, where the implementation manner may be combined with at least one of the foregoing embodiments, or may be a separate embodiment. The specifics are not limited herein.

可选的，终端和/或基站根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的指示粒度。Optionally, the terminal and/or the base station determine the indication granularity of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel.

可选的，所述指示粒度可以是指所述第一时间单元和/或所述第二时间单元包括的第三时间单元的个数。Optionally, the indication granularity may refer to the number of the third time units included in the first time unit and/or the second time unit.

比如，指示时域起始位置时，比如指示起始符号时可以是按照所述起始符号包括的符号个数进行指示。For example, when indicating the start position of the time domain, such as indicating the start symbol, it may be indicated according to the number of symbols included in the start symbol.

比如，如果时域信息指示的信息为时域起始位置，则时域粒度可以是指时域起始位置包含的时域单元的个数或者时域起始位置的粒度。For example, if the information indicated by the time domain information is the start of the time domain, the time domain granularity may refer to the number of time domain units or the granularity of the start time of the time domain included in the start position of the time domain.

可选的，时域信息的指示粒度可以是指时域信息指示的信息中包括的时间单元的个数或者时域信息指示的信息的粒度。Optionally, the indication granularity of the time domain information may refer to the number of time units included in the information indicated by the time domain information or the granularity of the information indicated by the time domain information.

可选的，时域信息的指示粒度可以是指时域信息的指示方法是以一个或者多个第三时间单元为粒度进行指示。其中，第三时间单元可以是符合，时隙，微时隙，子帧等。具体的，以case 2的数据信道传输的情况进行举例说明：Optionally, the indication granularity of the time domain information may be that the indication method of the time domain information is indicated by one or more third time units. The third time unit may be a match, a time slot, a micro time slot, a subframe, and the like. Specifically, the case of the case 2 data channel transmission is illustrated:

例1，如上述图10所示的情况，针对控制信道的检测周期为2个符号的情况下，可以规定时域信息的指示粒度为2个符号。In the case of the first embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10 described above, when the detection period of the control channel is two symbols, it is possible to specify that the indication granularity of the time domain information is two symbols.

此方案下，相比于1个符号的时域信息的指示粒度可以降低bit开销。Under this scheme, the indication granularity of the time domain information of one symbol can reduce the bit overhead.

比如，若时域信息的指示粒度为1个符号时，假设时域起始位置(starting)所在的符号可以是在slot中的前面4个符号中选择(比如第0,1,2,3编号下的符号)，假设时域终止位置(ending)所在的符号可以是在slot中的后面四个符号中选择(比如第13,12,11,10编号下的符号)。这样控制信息中为了指示时域起始位置(starting)需要用2个bit，为了指示时域终止位置(ending)也需要用2个bit，即此时控制信息中的时域信息的比特数为4个比特。而如果时域信息的指示粒度为2个符号时，假设时域起始位置(starting)所在的符号还是slot中的前面四个符号，因为指示粒度为2个符号，即此时可以是前面2种选择(第0,2编号下的符号)，假设时域终止位置(ending)所在的符号还是slot中的后面4个符号，因为指示粒度为2个符号，即此时可以是后面2种选择(第11,13编号下的符号)。即此时控制信息中为了指示时域起始符号starting是需要1个bit，为了指示时域终止符号ending是需要1个bit，即控制信息中的时域信息的比特数为2个比特。因此指示粒度为2个符号相比于指示粒度为1个符号可以降低比特开销。For example, if the indication granularity of the time domain information is 1 symbol, it is assumed that the symbol of the starting position of the time domain (starting) can be selected among the first four symbols in the slot (for example,

numbers

0, 1, 2, 3) The symbol below, assuming that the symbol of the end of the time domain (ending) can be selected from the last four symbols in the slot (such as the symbols under the numbers 13, 12, 11, 10). In this way, in order to indicate the start of the time domain, 2 bits are needed in the control information, and 2 bits are needed to indicate the termination of the time domain, that is, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information is 4 bits. If the indication granularity of the time domain information is 2 symbols, it is assumed that the symbol of the start of the time domain is the first four symbols in the slot, because the indication granularity is 2 symbols, that is, the front 2 can be The choice (the symbol under the 0, 2 number), assuming that the symbol of the end of the time domain is still the last four symbols in the slot, because the indication granularity is 2 symbols, that is, the latter 2 options can be selected at this time. (symbols under the number 11 and 13). That is, at this time, in order to indicate that the time domain start symbol starting is 1 bit in the control information, one bit is required to indicate the time domain termination symbol ending, that is, the number of bits of the time domain information in the control information is 2 bits. Therefore, the indication granularity is 2 symbols, and the bit overhead can be reduced compared to the indication granularity of 1 symbol.

例2，针对控制信道的检测周期为7个符号的情况下，可以规定时域信息的指示粒度为7个符号。In the example 2, when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the indication granularity of the time domain information can be specified as 7 symbols.

例如针对时域起始位置，可以采用与时域信息的指示粒度为1个符号的指示相同，而针对时域长度可以是通过时域信息的指示粒度的倍数来指示，比如7个符号的倍数，例如最多4倍下，用2个bit表示。比如比特00代表时域长度为7个符号的一倍，即时域长度为7个符号，比如比特01代表时域长度为7个符号的两倍，即时域长度为14个符号，比如比特10代表时域长度为7个符号的三倍，即时域长度为21个符号，比如比特11代表时域长度为7的四倍，即时域长度为28个符号。For example, for the start of the time domain, the indication that the indication granularity of the time domain information is 1 symbol may be the same, and the length of the time domain may be indicated by a multiple of the indication granularity of the time domain information, such as a multiple of 7 symbols. For example, up to 4 times, it is represented by 2 bits. For example, bit 00 represents a time domain length of 7 symbols, and the real-time domain length is 7 symbols. For example, bit 01 represents twice the time domain length of 7 symbols, and the real-time domain length is 14 symbols. For example, bit 10 represents The time domain is three times the length of 7 symbols, and the real-time domain length is 21 symbols. For example, bit 11 represents four times the time domain length of 7, and the real-time domain length is 28 symbols.

例如以7个符号为指示粒度，时域信息的指示方法可以是仅指示第一个7个符号的时域位置，后续指示7个符号的个数。For example, with 7 symbols as the indication granularity, the indication method of the time domain information may be only indicating the time domain position of the first 7 symbols, and subsequently indicating the number of 7 symbols.

可选的，可以规定各控制信道的检测周期下的时域信息的指示粒度。Optionally, the indication granularity of the time domain information in the detection period of each control channel may be specified.

可选的，根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及所述控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的指示粒度。Optionally, determining an indication granularity of the time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel and a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and an indication granularity of the time domain information.

通过该方法，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的对应关系，可以简化所述时域信息的设计。By this method, the design of the time domain information can be simplified by setting the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the indication granularity of the time domain information.

可选的，通过预定义控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的对应关系，确定时域信息的指示粒度。Optionally, the indication granularity of the time domain information is determined by a correspondence between a detection period of the predefined control channel and an indication granularity of the time domain information.

可选的，通过配置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的对应关系，确定时域信息的指示粒度。具体的，可以是基站通过信令告知终端控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的对应关系。所述信令可以是物理层信令或者高层信令，具体的，不做限定。Optionally, the indication granularity of the time domain information is determined by configuring a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and an indication granularity of the time domain information. Specifically, the base station may notify the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel of the terminal and the indication granularity of the time domain information by signaling. The signaling may be physical layer signaling or high layer signaling, and is not limited.

可选的，通过控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的指示粒度的方式可以是通过如下实施方式进行。Optionally, the manner of determining the granularity of the indication of the time domain information by using the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the indication granularity of the time domain information may be performed by the following implementation manner.

例如：控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，时域信息的指示粒度为2个符号或者其他个数的符号。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the indication granularity of the time domain information is 2 symbols or other numbers of symbols.

比如，控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，时域信息的指示粒度为3个符号或者其他个数的符号。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the indication granularity of the time domain information is 3 symbols or other numbers of symbols.

比如，控制信道的检测周期为14个符号时，时域信息的指示粒度为4个符号或者其他个数的符号等。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, the indication granularity of the time domain information is 4 symbols or other numbers of symbols.

可选的，本发明中的控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的对应关系仅是举例，其他的对应关系并不排除。具体的，本申请对其不做限定。Optionally, the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the indication granularity of the time domain information in the present invention is only an example, and other correspondences are not excluded. Specifically, the application does not limit it.

可选的，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的指示粒度的集合。Optionally, the set of indication granularity of the time domain information is determined according to a detection period of the control channel.

可选的，终端和/或基站根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的指示粒度的集合。Optionally, the terminal and/or the base station determine a set of indication granularity of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel.

可选的，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的指示粒度的集合可以是通过控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的集合的对应关系确定时域信息的指示粒度的集合。Optionally, determining, according to the detection period of the control channel, the set of indication granularity of the time domain information may be determining the time domain information by using a detection period of the control channel and a corresponding relationship between a detection period of the control channel and a set of indication granularity of the time domain information. Indicates a collection of granularities.

通过该方法，通过设置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的集合的对应关系，可以简化所述时域信息的设计。By this method, the design of the time domain information can be simplified by setting the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the set of indication granularity of the time domain information.

可选的，通过预定义控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的集合的对应关系，确定时域信息的指示粒度的集合。Optionally, the set of indication granularity of the time domain information is determined by a correspondence between a detection period of the predefined control channel and a set of indication granularity of the time domain information.

可选的，通过配置控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的集合的对应关系，确定时域信息的指示粒度的集合。具体的，可以是基站通过信令告知终端控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的集合的对应关系。所述信令可以是物理层信令或者高层信令，具体的，不做限定。Optionally, the set of indication granularity of the time domain information is determined by configuring a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a set of indication granularity of the time domain information. Specifically, the base station may notify the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel of the terminal and the set of indication granularity of the time domain information by signaling. The signaling may be physical layer signaling or high layer signaling, and is not limited.

可选的，通过控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的集合的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的指示粒度的集合的方式可以是通过如下实施方式进行。Optionally, the manner of determining the set of indication granularity of the time domain information by using a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a set of indication granularity of the time domain information may be performed by the following implementation manner.

可选的，所述时域信息的指示粒度的集合可以是包括一种或多种指示粒度。Optionally, the set of indication granularity of the time domain information may include one or more indication granularities.

可选的，可以规定各控制信道的检测周期下的时域信息的指示粒度的集合，集合中可以包含一种或者多种指示粒度。不同控制信道的检测周期下的时域信息的指示粒度的集合可以相同也可以不同。Optionally, a set of indication granularity of time domain information in a detection period of each control channel may be specified, and the set may include one or more indication granularities. The set of indication granularity of the time domain information under the detection period of different control channels may be the same or different.

比如控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，时域信息的指示粒度的集合为1个符号，2个符号。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the set of indication granularity of the time domain information is 1 symbol and 2 symbols.

比如，控制信道的检测周期为2个符号时，时域信息的指示粒度为1个符号。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 2 symbols, the indication granularity of the time domain information is 1 symbol.

比如，控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，时域信息的指示粒度的集合为1个符号，3个符号。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the set of indication granularity of the time domain information is 1 symbol and 3 symbols.

比如，控制信道的检测周期为7个符号时，时域信息的指示粒度的集合为1个符号，2个符号，3个符号。For example, when the detection period of the control channel is 7 symbols, the set of indication granularity of the time domain information is 1 symbol, 2 symbols, and 3 symbols.

比如，控制信道的检测周期为14个符号，时域信道的指示粒度的集合为1个符号，2个符号，4个符号，等等。For example, the detection period of the control channel is 14 symbols, and the set of indication granularity of the time domain channel is 1 symbol, 2 symbols, 4 symbols, and the like.

可选的，根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的指示粒度可以是指时域信息的指示粒度等于控制信道的检测周期。Optionally, determining the indication granularity of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel may be that the indication granularity of the time domain information is equal to the detection period of the control channel.

可选的，本发明中的控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示粒度的集合的对应关系仅是举例，其他的对应关系并不排除。具体的在此不做限定。Optionally, the correspondence between the detection period of the control channel and the indication granularity of the time domain information in the present invention is only an example, and other correspondences are not excluded. The specifics are not limited herein.

可选的，规定了时域信息的指示粒度的集合以外，还可以通过物理层信令或者高层信令指示控制信息中的时域信息的指示粒度，具体的在此不做限定。Optionally, the indication granularity of the time domain information in the control information is specified by the physical layer signaling or the high layer signaling, which is not limited herein.

在一种可能的实现方式中，针对多个第一时间单元下的数据调度，即用一个控制信息调度多个第一时间单元的数据信道传输。第一时间单元可以是时隙，子帧，无线帧，符号等时间单元。比如第一时间单元为时隙为例。为了指示case 3下即多时隙聚合(multi-slot aggregation)调度下的数据信道的时域信息的情况，可以具有以下三种方法中的至少一种。In a possible implementation manner, for a data scheduling in a plurality of first time units, a data channel transmission of a plurality of first time units is scheduled with one control information. The first time unit may be a time unit such as a time slot, a subframe, a radio frame, a symbol, or the like. For example, the first time unit is a time slot as an example. In order to indicate the case of time domain information of the data channel under case 3, that is, multi-slot aggregation scheduling, there may be at least one of the following three methods.

方法1：针对每个slot的时域信息按照上述实施例的确定方法。Method 1: The time domain information for each slot is determined according to the determination method of the above embodiment.

比如针对每个slot的时域信息的指示方法可以是指示时域起始位置和时域终止位置等等，比如可以是时间单元为符号，比如指示起始符号和终止符号等。具体的，在此不做限定。For example, the indication method for the time domain information of each slot may be indicating the start time position of the time domain and the end position of the time domain, etc., for example, the time unit may be a symbol, such as indicating a start symbol and a stop symbol. Specifically, it is not limited herein.

另外，可选的，可以指示时域起始位置和时域终止位置，比如时间单元为时隙，比如指示起始时隙starting slot和终止时隙ending slot等等，具体的，在此不做限定。In addition, optionally, the time domain start position and the time domain termination position may be indicated, for example, the time unit is a time slot, such as indicating a starting slot starting slot and a terminating slot ending slot, etc., specifically, do not do here. limited.

可选的，可以同时指示起始符号，终止符号，起始时隙和终止时隙。Optionally, the start symbol, the end symbol, the start time slot, and the end time slot may be simultaneously indicated.

可选的，starting slot和ending slot的指示也可以采用上述实施例确定。将上述实施例中的时间单元(或符号)改成slot即可。Optionally, the indications of the starting slot and the ending slot can also be determined by using the foregoing embodiments. The time unit (or symbol) in the above embodiment can be changed to a slot.

方法2：指示第一个slot的起始符号和最后一个slot的终止符号，按照上述实施例中的时域信息的确定方法。Method 2: indicating the start symbol of the first slot and the termination symbol of the last slot, according to the method for determining the time domain information in the above embodiment.

举例说明：例1，最后一个slot的终止符号的指示可以是以控制信道的检测周期为时域信息的指示粒度。For example: In the example 1, the indication of the termination symbol of the last slot may be the indication granularity of the detection period of the control channel as the time domain information.

例2，时域信息的指示粒度为2个符号时，数据信道的时域终止位置(或终止符号)可以是slot中的最后一个符号，或者slot中的倒数第三个符号等，有7种情况。Example 2: When the indication granularity of the time domain information is 2 symbols, the time domain termination position (or termination symbol) of the data channel may be the last symbol in the slot, or the third symbol in the slot, etc., 7 types Happening.

可选的，时域信息的指示粒度也可以是指数据信道指示的信息的范围或可能的取值。Optionally, the indication granularity of the time domain information may also refer to a range or possible value of the information indicated by the data channel.

例3，例如时域信息的指示粒度为7个符号时，数据信道的时域终止位置(或终止符号)可以是在slot中的最后7个符号中选择，可以有7种情况。Example 3, for example, when the indication granularity of the time domain information is 7 symbols, the time domain termination position (or termination symbol) of the data channel may be selected among the last 7 symbols in the slot, and there may be 7 cases.

方法3：多个slot中时域位置重复，仅指示第一个slot的时域信息，此时可以按照上述实施例中的方法确定时域信息。Method 3: The time domain location is repeated in multiple slots, and only the time domain information of the first slot is indicated. At this time, the time domain information may be determined according to the method in the foregoing embodiment.

可选的，时域信息可以指示起始时隙和终止时隙。Optionally, the time domain information may indicate a start time slot and a terminating time slot.

其中，是否进行slot聚合调度可以是RRC配置的，通过slot聚合与时域信息的确定方法相结合，可以实现灵活的资源分配，还可以降低信令开销。The slot aggregation scheduling may be configured by the RRC. The combination of the slot aggregation and the time domain information determining method may implement flexible resource allocation and reduce signaling overhead.

下面结合附图对本申请提供的时域信息的确定方法的方案进行具体说明。The solution of the method for determining time domain information provided by the present application is specifically described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

参见图11，为本申请提供的时域信息的确定方法流程图。该方法包括：Referring to FIG. 11, a flowchart of a method for determining time domain information provided by the present application is provided. The method includes:

S1101、基站根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输，所述时域信息用于指示进行数据传输的时域资源。S1101: The base station determines time domain information in the control information according to a detection period of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission, where the time domain information is used to indicate a time domain resource for performing data transmission.

其中，基站根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息的方法、控制信息的描述、时域信息的描述以及其它相关信息的描述同图7至图10涉及的方法中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。The method for determining, by the base station, the time domain information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel, the description of the control information, the description of the time domain information, and the description of other related information are the same as those in the methods in FIG. 7 to FIG. I won't go into details here.

S1102、基站发送所述控制信息。S1102: The base station sends the control information.

可选的，基站向终端发送控制信息。Optionally, the base station sends control information to the terminal.

在一种可能的实现方式中，基站发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述控制信道的检测周期。其中，配置信息的描述同图7至图10涉及的方法中相应的描述，这里不再赘述。In a possible implementation manner, the base station sends configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate a detection period of the control channel. The description of the configuration information is the same as the description in the methods related to FIG. 7 to FIG. 10, and details are not described herein again.

上述主要从不同装置的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，不同装置(例如基站、终端)为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同的方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请实施例的技术方案的范围。The foregoing provides an introduction to the solution provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of different devices. It can be understood that different devices (for example, base stations, terminals) include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function in order to implement the above functions. The embodiments of the present application can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements of the examples and algorithm steps described in the embodiments disclosed in the application. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.

本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对不同装置等进行功能单元的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present application may divide functional units for different devices and the like according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional unit may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of the unit in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.

图12示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种装置1200的示意性框图，其中，装置1200可以实施上文所述的各个方法中终端完成的功能。装置1200包括：处理单元1202。处理单元1202用于执行本申请实施例提供的方法中终端的功能，例如，处理单元1202用于支持装置1200执行图7中S701和S702，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。装置1200还可以包括收发单元1203，用于支持装置1200和其它装置之间的通信。示例性地，该其它装置可以是基站。装置1200还可以包括存储单元1201，用于存储装置1200的程序代码和数据，其中，处理单元1202可以划分为第一处理单元和第二处理单元。在本申请实施例中，程序代码还可以称为程序指令、代码指令或者其它名称，本申请不做限制。FIG. 12 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1200 provided in an embodiment of the present application, wherein the apparatus 1200 can implement the functions performed by the terminal in the various methods described above. Apparatus 1200 includes a processing unit 1202. The processing unit 1202 is configured to perform the functions of the terminal in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. For example, the processing unit 1202 is configured to support the apparatus 1200 to perform S701 and S702 in FIG. 7, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein. The device 1200 can also include a transceiver unit 1203 for supporting communication between the device 1200 and other devices. Illustratively, the other device may be a base station. The device 1200 may further include a storage unit 1201 for storing program codes and data of the device 1200, wherein the processing unit 1202 may be divided into a first processing unit and a second processing unit. In the embodiment of the present application, the program code may also be referred to as a program instruction, a code instruction or other names, which is not limited in the application.

其中，处理单元1202可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是CPU，通用处理器，DSP，ASIC，FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框，模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。收发单元1203可以是收发器、收发电路、通信接口、总线或者其它收发装置等。存储单元1201可以是存储器，用于存储程序代码和数据。处理单元1202可以调度存储单元1201中存储的程序代码，用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端的功能。The processing unit 1202 may be a processor or a controller, such as a CPU, a general purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, a hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. The processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like. The transceiver unit 1203 can be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, a bus or other transceiver device, and the like. The storage unit 1201 may be a memory for storing program codes and data. The processing unit 1202 can schedule the program code stored in the storage unit 1201 to implement the function of the terminal in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.

上述图12所示的装置可以是终端，也可以是应用于终端中的装置。例如，图12所示的装置可以是应用于终端中的芯片。The apparatus shown in FIG. 12 described above may be a terminal or a device applied to the terminal. For example, the device shown in FIG. 12 may be a chip applied to a terminal.

当处理单元1202为处理器，收发单元1203为收发器，存储单元1201为存储器时，上述装置可以是终端。在本申请实施例中，收发器还可以称为发射器/接收器或者其它名称，本申请不做限制。When the processing unit 1202 is a processor, the transceiver unit 1203 is a transceiver, and the storage unit 1201 is a memory, the above device may be a terminal. In the embodiment of the present application, the transceiver may also be referred to as a transmitter/receiver or other name, which is not limited in this application.

图13示出了本申请实施例中提供的一种装置1300的示意性框图，其中，装置1300可以实施上文所述的各个方法中基站完成的功能。装置1300包括：处理单元1302。处理单元1302用于执行本申请实施例提供的方法中基站的功能，例如，处理单元1302用于支持装置1300执行图11中的S1101和S1102。装置1300还可以包括收发单元1303，用于支持装置1300与其它装置之间的通信。其中，该其它装置可以是终端。装置1300还可以包括存储单元1301，用于存储程序代码和数据。处理单元1302可以调度存储单元1301中存储的程序代码，用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中基站的功能。FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1300 provided in an embodiment of the present application, where the apparatus 1300 can implement the functions performed by the base station in the various methods described above. Apparatus 1300 includes a processing unit 1302. The processing unit 1302 is configured to perform the functions of the base station in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. For example, the processing unit 1302 is configured to support the apparatus 1300 to perform S1101 and S1102 in FIG. The device 1300 can also include a transceiver unit 1303 for supporting communication between the device 1300 and other devices. Wherein, the other device may be a terminal. The apparatus 1300 can also include a storage unit 1301 for storing program codes and data. The processing unit 1302 can schedule the program code stored in the storage unit 1301 to implement the function of the base station in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.

上述图13所示的装置可以是基站，也可以是应用于基站中的装置。例如，图13所示的装置可以是应用于基站中的芯片。The above-mentioned apparatus shown in FIG. 13 may be a base station or a device applied to a base station. For example, the apparatus shown in FIG. 13 may be a chip applied to a base station.

其中，处理单元1302可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，CPU)，通用处理器，数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)，专用集成电路(Application-Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)，现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框，模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。收发单元1303可以是收发器或收发电路或通信接口或总线等。存储单元1301可以是存储器。The processing unit 1302 may be a processor or a controller, such as a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), and an application-specific integrated circuit (Application-Specific). Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. The processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like. The transceiver unit 1303 can be a transceiver or a transceiver circuit or a communication interface or a bus or the like. The storage unit 1301 may be a memory.

当处理单元1302为处理器，收发单元1303为收发器，存储单元1301为存储器时，上述装置可以是基站。When the processing unit 1302 is a processor, the transceiver unit 1303 is a transceiver, and the storage unit 1301 is a memory, the above device may be a base station.

本申请实施例提供的方法中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，简称DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机可以存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，数字视频光盘(digital video disc，简称DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,SSD)等。The method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present invention are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user device, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center via wired (eg coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, an SSD) or the like.

以上所述的具体实施方式，对本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明，所应理解的是，以上所述仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式而已，并不用于限定本申请实施例的保护范围，凡在本申请实施例的技术方案的基础之上，所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包括在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。The specific embodiments of the present invention have been described in detail with reference to the embodiments, technical solutions and advantages of the embodiments of the present application. It should be understood that the foregoing description is only The scope of the present invention is defined by the scope of the present invention, and any modifications, equivalents, improvements, etc., which are included in the embodiments of the present application, are included in the scope of protection of the embodiments of the present application.

Claims

一种时域信息的确定方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：A method for determining time domain information, characterized in that the method comprises:

根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输；Determining time domain information in the control information according to a detection period of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission;

根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时域资源。A time domain resource for performing data transmission is determined according to the time domain information.
如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 1 wherein the method further comprises:

接收配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述控制信道的检测周期。Receiving configuration information, the configuration information is used to indicate a detection period of the control channel.
如权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息包括：The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the determining the time domain information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel comprises:

根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数、时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法中的至少一个。At least one of the number of bits of the time domain information, the information indicated by the time domain information, and the indication method of the time domain information is determined according to the detection period of the control channel.
如权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数包括：The method according to claim 3, wherein the determining the number of bits of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel comprises:

根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的比特数。The number of bits of the time domain information is determined according to a detection period of the control channel and a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of the time domain information.
如权利要求3或4所示的方法，其特征在于，所述时域信息的比特数还可以是时域和频域信息的比特数。The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the number of bits of the time domain information is also the number of bits of the time domain and the frequency domain information.
如权利要求3至5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息包括：The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein the determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel comprises:

根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息的对应关系，确定所述时域信息指示的信息。Determining information indicated by the time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel and a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and information indicated by the time domain information.
如权利要求3至6中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的指示方法包括：The method according to any one of claims 3 to 6, wherein the method for indicating time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel comprises:

根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的指示方法。And determining a method for indicating the time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel and a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and an indication method of the time domain information.
如权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示方法包括以下至少一项：The method of claim 7 wherein said indicating method comprises at least one of the following:

指示起始第一时间单元和终止第一时间单元；Instructing to start the first time unit and terminating the first time unit;

指示起始第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数；Indicating the number of the first time unit and the first time unit;

指示终止第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数；Instructing to terminate the number of the first time unit and the first time unit;

指示起始第二时间单元；指示终止第二时间单元；和Instructing to initiate a second time unit; indicating to terminate the second time unit; and

指示第二时间单元的个数。Indicates the number of second time units.
如权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，该方法还包括：The method of any of claims 1-8, further comprising:

根据所述控制信道的检测周期确定所述时域信息的指示粒度，其中所述指示粒度可以是指所述第一时间单元和/或所述第二时间单元包括的第三时间单元的个数。Determining an indication granularity of the time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel, where the indication granularity may refer to a number of third time units included in the first time unit and/or the second time unit .
一种时域信息的确定方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：A method for determining time domain information, characterized in that the method comprises:

根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输，所述时域信息用于指示进行数据传输的时域资源；Determining time domain information in the control information according to a detection period of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission, and the time domain information is used to indicate a time domain resource for performing data transmission;

发送所述控制信息。Sending the control information.
如权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 10, wherein the method further comprises:

发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述控制信道的检测周期。Sending configuration information, the configuration information is used to indicate a detection period of the control channel.
如权利要求10或11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息包括：The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the determining the time domain information in the control information according to the detection period of the control channel comprises:

根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数、时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法中的至少一个。At least one of the number of bits of the time domain information, the information indicated by the time domain information, and the indication method of the time domain information is determined according to the detection period of the control channel.
如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数包括：The method according to claim 12, wherein the determining the number of bits of the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel comprises:

根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的比特数的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的比特数。The number of bits of the time domain information is determined according to a detection period of the control channel and a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and a number of bits of the time domain information.
如权利要求12或13所示的方法，其特征在于，所述时域信息的比特数还可以是时域和频域信息的比特数。The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the number of bits of the time domain information is further a number of bits of time domain and frequency domain information.
如权利要求12至14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息指示的信息包括：The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein the determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel comprises:

根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息指示的信息的对应关系，确定所述时域信息指示的信息。Determining information indicated by the time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel and a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and information indicated by the time domain information.
如权利要求12至15中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的指示方法包括：The method according to any one of claims 12 to 15, wherein the method for determining the time domain information according to the detection period of the control channel comprises:

根据所述控制信道的检测周期以及控制信道的检测周期与时域信息的指示方法的对应关系，确定所述时域信息的指示方法。And determining a method for indicating the time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel and a correspondence between a detection period of the control channel and an indication method of the time domain information.
如权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述指示方法包括以下至少一项：The method of claim 16 wherein said indicating method comprises at least one of the following:

指示起始第一时间单元和终止第一时间单元；Instructing to start the first time unit and terminating the first time unit;

指示起始第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数；Indicating the number of the first time unit and the first time unit;

指示终止第一时间单元和第一时间单元的个数；Instructing to terminate the number of the first time unit and the first time unit;

指示起始第二时间单元；Instructing the start of the second time unit;

指示终止第二时间单元；和Instructing to terminate the second time unit; and

指示第二时间单元的个数。Indicates the number of second time units.
如权利要求10-17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，该方法还包括：The method of any of claims 10-17, further comprising:

根据所述检测周期确定所述时域信息的指示粒度，其中所述指示粒度可以是指所述第一时间单元和/或所述第二时间单元包括的第三时间单元的个数。Determining an indication granularity of the time domain information according to the detection period, where the indication granularity may refer to a number of third time units included in the first time unit and/or the second time unit.
一种装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和存储器，其中：A device comprising a processor and a memory, wherein:

所述存储器，用于存储程序指令；The memory is configured to store program instructions;

所述处理器，用于调用并执行所述存储器中存储的软件程序，实现如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to invoke and execute a software program stored in the memory to implement the method of any one of claims 1 to 9.
如权利要求19所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器用于，根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输；The device according to claim 19, wherein the processor is configured to determine time domain information in the control information according to a detection period of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission;

所述处理器还用于，根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时域资源。The processor is further configured to determine, according to the time domain information, a time domain resource for performing data transmission.
如权利要求19或20所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括发射器/接收器，所述处理器还用于利用所述发射器/接收器接收配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述控制信道的检测周期。The apparatus according to claim 19 or 20, wherein said apparatus further comprises a transmitter/receiver, said processor further configured to receive configuration information using said transmitter/receiver, said configuration information being And indicating a detection period of the control channel.
如权利要求19或21所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器用于根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，包括：The apparatus according to claim 19 or 21, wherein the processor is configured to determine time domain information in the control information according to a detection period of the control channel, including:

所述处理器用于根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数、时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法中的至少一个。The processor is configured to determine at least one of a number of bits of time domain information, information indicated by time domain information, and a method of indicating time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel.
一种装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和存储器，其中：A device comprising a processor and a memory, wherein:

所述存储器，用于存储程序指令；The memory is configured to store program instructions;

所述处理器，用于调用并执行所述存储器中存储的软件程序，实现如权利要求10至18中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to invoke and execute a software program stored in the memory to implement the method of any one of claims 10 to 18.
如权利要求23所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器用于，根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输，所述时域信息用于指示进行数据传输的时域资源；The device according to claim 23, wherein the processor is configured to determine time domain information in the control information according to a detection period of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission, and the time domain information is used a time domain resource indicating the data transmission;

所述装置还包括发射器/接收器，所述处理器还用于利用所述发射器/接收器发送所述控制信息。The apparatus also includes a transmitter/receiver, the processor further configured to transmit the control information using the transmitter/receiver.
如权利要求24所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于：The device of claim 24, wherein the processor is further configured to:

利用所述发射器/接收器发送配置信息，所述配置信息用于指示所述控制信道的检测周期。The configuration information is transmitted by the transmitter/receiver, and the configuration information is used to indicate a detection period of the control channel.
如权利要求23或25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理器用于根据控制信道的检测周期确定控制信息中的时域信息，包括：The apparatus according to claim 23 or 25, wherein the processor is configured to determine time domain information in the control information according to a detection period of the control channel, including:

所述处理器用于根据控制信道的检测周期确定时域信息的比特数、时域信息指示的信息和时域信息的指示方法中的至少一个。The processor is configured to determine at least one of a number of bits of time domain information, information indicated by time domain information, and a method of indicating time domain information according to a detection period of the control channel.
一种时域信息的确定方法，其特征在于，包括：A method for determining time domain information, comprising:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输；Determining time domain information in the control information according to a time domain location where the control channel is located or according to a detected time domain location of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission;

根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时域资源。A time domain resource for performing data transmission is determined according to the time domain information.
根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制信道所在的时域位置包括控制信道资源集合所在的时域位置。The method according to claim 27, wherein the time domain location in which the control channel is located includes a time domain location in which the control channel resource set is located.
根据权利要求27或28所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息包括：The method according to claim 27 or 28, wherein the determining the time domain information in the control information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected time domain location of the control channel comprises:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息。The information indicated by the time domain information is determined according to a time domain location where the control channel is located or according to a detected time domain location of the control channel.
根据权利要求29所述的方法，其特征在于，The method of claim 29, wherein

所述时域信息用于指示起始和长度指示SLIV，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息包括：The time domain information is used to indicate the start and length indication SLIV, and the information indicating the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located includes:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系，根据所述时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系确定所述时域信息指示的SLIV。Determining the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV according to the time domain location of the control channel or according to the detected time domain location of the control channel, according to the value of the time domain information, and the value of the time domain information and the SLIV The correspondence determines the SLIV indicated by the time domain information.
根据权利要求29所述的方法，其特征在于，The method of claim 29, wherein

所述时域信息用于指示SLIV，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息包括：The time domain information is used to indicate the SLIV, and the information indicating the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located includes:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定SLIV集合，根据所述时域信息确定SLIV，所述SLIV包括于所述SLIV集合中。The SLIV set is determined according to a time domain location where the control channel is located or according to a detected time domain location of the control channel, and the SLIV is determined according to the time domain information, the SLIV being included in the SLIV set.
根据权利要求31所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述时域信息确定SLIV包括：The method according to claim 31, wherein the determining the SLIV according to the time domain information comprises:

根据所述时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和所述SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系确定SLIV。The SLIV is determined according to the value of the time domain information, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set.
一种时域信息的确定方法，其特征在于，包括：A method for determining time domain information, comprising:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输，所述时域信息用于指示进行数据传输的时域资源；Determining time domain information in the control information according to a time domain location of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission, where the time domain information is used to indicate a time domain resource for performing data transmission;

发送所述控制信息。Sending the control information.
根据权利要求33所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制信道所在的时域位置包括控制信道资源集合所在的时域位置。The method according to claim 33, wherein the time domain location in which the control channel is located includes a time domain location in which the control channel resource set is located.
根据权利要求33或34所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息包括：The method according to claim 33 or 34, wherein the determining the time domain information in the control information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located comprises:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息。Determining information indicated by the time domain information according to a time domain location where the control channel is located.
根据权利要求35所述的方法，其特征在于，The method of claim 35, wherein

所述时域信息用于指示起始和长度指示SLIV，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息包括：The time domain information is used to indicate a start and length indication SLIV, and the determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located includes:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系，根据所述时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系确定所述时域信息指示的SLIV。Determining, according to the time domain location of the control channel, the value of the time domain information and the corresponding relationship of the SLIV, determining the SLIV indicated by the time domain information according to the value of the time domain information, and the value of the time domain information and the corresponding relationship of the SLIV.
根据权利要求35所述的方法，其特征在于，The method of claim 35, wherein

所述时域信息用于指示SLIV，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息包括：The time domain information is used to indicate the SLIV, and the information that is determined by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located includes:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定SLIV集合，根据所述时域信息确定SLIV，所述SLIV包括于所述SLIV集合中。The SLIV set is determined according to the time domain location where the control channel is located, and the SLIV is determined according to the time domain information, the SLIV being included in the SLIV set.
根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述时域信息确定SLIV包括：The method according to claim 37, wherein the determining the SLIV according to the time domain information comprises:

根据所述时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和所述SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系确定SLIV。The SLIV is determined according to the value of the time domain information, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set.
一种装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和存储器，其中：A device comprising a processor and a memory, wherein:

所述存储器，用于存储程序指令；The memory is configured to store program instructions;

所述处理器，用于调用并执行所述程序指令，实现如权利要求27至32中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to invoke and execute the program instructions to implement the method of any one of claims 27 to 32.
根据权利要求39所述的装置，其特征在于，The device of claim 39, wherein

所述处理器用于根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输；The processor is configured to determine time domain information in the control information according to a time domain location where the control channel is located or according to a detected time domain location of the control channel, where the control information is used for data transmission;

所述处理器还用于根据所述时域信息确定用于进行数据传输的时域资源。The processor is further configured to determine a time domain resource for performing data transmission according to the time domain information.
根据权利要求39或40所述的装置，其特征在于，所述控制信道所在的时域位置包括控制信道资源集合所在的时域位置。The apparatus according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the time domain location in which the control channel is located includes a time domain location in which the control channel resource set is located.
根据权利要求39至41任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息包括：The device according to any one of claims 39 to 41, wherein the determining the time domain information in the control information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or according to the detected time domain location of the control channel comprises:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息。The information indicated by the time domain information is determined according to a time domain location where the control channel is located or according to a detected time domain location of the control channel.
根据权利要求42所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 42, wherein

所述时域信息用于指示起始和长度指示SLIV，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息包括：The time domain information is used to indicate the start and length indication SLIV, and the information indicating the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located includes:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系，根据所述时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系确定所述时域信息指示的SLIV。Determining the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV according to the time domain location of the control channel or according to the detected time domain location of the control channel, according to the value of the time domain information, and the value of the time domain information and the SLIV The correspondence determines the SLIV indicated by the time domain information.
根据权利要求42所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 42, wherein

所述时域信息用于指示SLIV，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息包括：The time domain information is used to indicate the SLIV, and the information indicating the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located or the time domain location where the detected control channel is located includes:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置或根据检测到的控制信道所在的时域位置确定SLIV集合，根据所述时域信息确定SLIV，所述SLIV包括于所述SLIV集合中。The SLIV set is determined according to a time domain location where the control channel is located or according to a detected time domain location of the control channel, and the SLIV is determined according to the time domain information, the SLIV being included in the SLIV set.
根据权利要求44所述的装置，其特征在于，所述根据所述时域信息确定SLIV包括：The apparatus according to claim 44, wherein said determining SLIV according to said time domain information comprises:

根据所述时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和所述SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系确定SLIV。The SLIV is determined according to the value of the time domain information, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set.
一种装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和存储器，其中：A device comprising a processor and a memory, wherein:

所述存储器，用于存储程序指令；The memory is configured to store program instructions;

所述处理器，用于调用并执行所述程序指令，实现如权利要求33至38中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to invoke and execute the program instructions to implement the method of any one of claims 33 to 38.
根据权利要求46所述的装置，其特征在于，The device of claim 46, wherein

所述处理器用于根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息，所述控制信息用于进行数据传输，所述时域信息用于指示进行数据传输的时域资源；The processor is configured to determine time domain information in the control information according to a time domain location where the control channel is located, where the control information is used for data transmission, where the time domain information is used to indicate a time domain resource for performing data transmission;

所述装置中包括通信接口，所述处理器还用于利用通信接口，发送所述控制信息。The device includes a communication interface, and the processor is further configured to send the control information by using a communication interface.
根据权利要求46或47所述的装置，其特征在于，所述控制信道所在的时域位置包括控制信道资源集合所在的时域位置。The apparatus according to claim 46 or 47, wherein the time domain location in which the control channel is located includes a time domain location in which the control channel resource set is located.
根据权利要求46至48任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定控制信息中的时域信息包括：The apparatus according to any one of claims 46 to 48, wherein the determining the time domain information in the control information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located comprises:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息。Determining information indicated by the time domain information according to a time domain location where the control channel is located.
根据权利要求49所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 49, wherein

所述时域信息用于指示起始和长度指示SLIV，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息包括：The time domain information is used to indicate a start and length indication SLIV, and the determining the information indicated by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located includes:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系，根据所述时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和SLIV的对应关系确定所述时域信息指示的SLIV。Determining, according to the time domain location of the control channel, the value of the time domain information and the corresponding relationship of the SLIV, determining the SLIV indicated by the time domain information according to the value of the time domain information, and the value of the time domain information and the corresponding relationship of the SLIV.
根据权利要求49所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 49, wherein

所述时域信息用于指示SLIV，所述根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定所述时域信息指示的信息包括：The time domain information is used to indicate the SLIV, and the information that is determined by the time domain information according to the time domain location where the control channel is located includes:

根据控制信道所在的时域位置确定SLIV集合，根据所述时域信息确定SLIV，所述SLIV包括于所述SLIV集合中。The SLIV set is determined according to the time domain location where the control channel is located, and the SLIV is determined according to the time domain information, the SLIV being included in the SLIV set.
根据权利要求51所述的装置，其特征在于，所述根据所述时域信息确定SLIV包括：The apparatus according to claim 51, wherein said determining SLIV according to said time domain information comprises:

根据所述时域信息的值、以及时域信息的值和所述SLIV集合中的SLIV的对应关系确定SLIV。The SLIV is determined according to the value of the time domain information, and the correspondence between the value of the time domain information and the SLIV in the SLIV set.
一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令，当所述指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1至18任一项所述的方法，或者使得计算机执行如权利要求27至38任一项所述的方法。A computer readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer readable storage medium stores computer instructions that, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 18. Or causing a computer to perform the method of any one of claims 27 to 38.
一种通信***，其特征在于，A communication system characterized in that

包括权利要求19至22任一项所述的装置，和权利要求23至26任一项所述的装置；或者The device according to any one of claims 19 to 22, and the device according to any one of claims 23 to 26; or

包括权利要求39至45任一项所述的装置，和权利要求46至52任一项所述的装置。A device according to any one of claims 39 to 45, and a device according to any one of claims 46 to 52.